the significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · coral reef ecosystems comprise a...

149
The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile fish and ecosystem function in a tropical coral reef lagoon Submitted by Cameron Jose Desfosses B(Sc) Marine Science B(Sc) Biological Science This thesis is presented for the degree of Honours in Marine Science (H1257) 2016 Murdoch University School of Veterinary and Life Sciences

Upload: others

Post on 14-Jul-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

The significance of macroalgae to the

diets of juvenile fish and ecosystem

function in a tropical coral reef lagoon

Submitted by

Cameron Jose Desfosses

B(Sc) Marine Science

B(Sc) Biological Science

This thesis is presented for the degree of Honours in Marine Science

(H1257)

2016

Murdoch University

School of Veterinary and Life Sciences

Page 2: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

I declare this thesis is my own account of my research and contains as its

main content work which has not been previously submitted for a degree at

any tertiary education institution.

Cameron Jose Desfosses

Page 3: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

iii

Contents

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ........................................................................ v

ABSTRACT ................................................................................................ vi

1. General Introduction .............................................................................. 9

1.1 Macroalgae in Tropical Systems ...................................................... 9

1.2 Modelling Ecosystem Dynamics ..................................................... 10

1.3 The Ningaloo Reef Ecosystem ......................................................... 11

2. Literature Review.................................................................................. 14

2.1 General Introduction ....................................................................... 14

2.2 Tropical Lagoon Habitats ............................................................... 16

2.2.1 Role of Lagoon Habitats ................................................................................. 16

2.2.2 Macroalgae ..................................................................................................... 23

2.2.3 Ontogenetic Shifts .......................................................................................... 27

2.3 The Ningaloo Reef Marine System ................................................. 28

2.3.1 Prevalence of Macroalgae in the Reef Ecosystem .......................................... 29

2.3.2 Fish Present in the Ningaloo Reef Lagoon ..................................................... 31

2.4 Ecosystem Models ............................................................................ 34

2.4.1 Use of Ecosystem Models in Ecosystem/Natural Resource Management ..... 34

2.4.2 Ecopath with Ecosim ...................................................................................... 35

2.4.3 Ecosystem Model Requirements .................................................................... 37

2.4.4 Potential Effects of Disturbances on Macroalgae at Ningaloo Reef .............. 39

2.4.5 Implications for Management ......................................................................... 40

2.4.6 Decisions Regarding Marine Sanctuaries ....................................................... 41

2.5 Summary ........................................................................................... 43

3. The Importance of Macroalgae to the Diets of Juvenile Fish in the

Ningaloo Reef Lagoon ............................................................................... 44

3.1 Introduction ...................................................................................... 44

3.2 Materials and Methods .................................................................... 45

3.2.1 Study Area ...................................................................................................... 45

3.2.2 Sampling Fish in Macroalgal Beds ................................................................. 48

3.2.3 Fish Processing ............................................................................................... 50

3.2.4 Gut Contents Analyses ................................................................................... 50

Page 4: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

iv

3.2.5 Importance of Dietary Items ........................................................................... 52

3.2.6 Statistical Analysis .......................................................................................... 54

3.3 Results ............................................................................................... 55

3.3.1 Annual Dietary Composition .......................................................................... 55

3.3.2 Seasonal Dietary Composition ....................................................................... 59

3.3.3 Analysis of Prey Specific Abundance and Frequency of Occurrence ............ 64

3.4 Discussion .......................................................................................... 68

3.4.1 Contribution of Macroalgae to Diets of Fish Species in the NMP Lagoon .... 68

3.4.2 Enhancing Knowledge of Food Webs in the NMP ........................................ 73

3.4.3 Future Research .............................................................................................. 74

3.5 Conclusion ........................................................................................ 75

4. Modelling the Trophic Flows to Fish in the Macroalgal Beds of the

Ningaloo Reef Lagoon in North-Western Australia .............................. 76

4.1 Introduction ...................................................................................... 76

4.2 Methods ............................................................................................. 77

4.2.1 Ecopath Model ................................................................................................ 77

4.2.2 Model Structure, Parameterisation and Balancing ......................................... 81

4.2.3 Evaluating the Ecopath Model ........................................................................ 88

4.2.4 Ecosim ............................................................................................................ 94

4.3 Results ............................................................................................... 99

4.3.1 Energy and Mass Flows .................................................................................. 99

4.3.2 Mixed trophic impacts (MTI) ....................................................................... 104

4.3.3 Network Analysis and Ecosystem Properties ............................................... 104

4.3.4 Ecosim Scenarios .......................................................................................... 108

4.4 Discussion ........................................................................................ 116

4.4.1 Characteristics of the Macroalgal System .................................................... 117

4.4.2 Ecosim simulations ....................................................................................... 118

4.4.3 Evaluation of Model Performance ................................................................ 124

4.4.4 Utility for ecosystem managers .................................................................... 127

4.5 Conclusions ..................................................................................... 128

REFERENCES ........................................................................................ 130

APPENDIX .............................................................................................. 149

Page 5: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

v

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I cannot give enough acknowledgement to the people who have been integral in getting

this thesis over the line. My supervisors Neil, Shaun, and Hector who, if patience is a

virtue, must be saints. Glenn Moore, Corey Wakefield and Joe DiBattista, for their

assistance in identifying the cursed juvenile Lethrinid. Dan Yeoh, Tom Holmes, Chris

Fulton, Martial Depczynski and Josh van Leer, for their assistance chasing fish around

Ningaloo. Pete Coulson and James Tweedley for their assistance in identifying contents

from the world’s smallest fish guts and making sense of multivariate analyses, Halina

Kobryn for her help with the GIS and habitat data, and Jacqueline Dyer for her

understanding of the foibles of Word formatting.

Last, but certainly not least, I’d like to thank my gorgeous wife and son for putting up

with me studying for another two years. With any luck there’ll be a summer off.

Page 6: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

vi

ABSTRACT

Little information is available on the contribution of macroalgae to the food web of the

Ningaloo lagoon and its importance in the diets of fish associated with it. This information

is important for understanding potential trophic flows from macroalgae to juvenile fish

and provides the fundamental data for constructing ecosystem models.

In my Honours research, I have examined: the significance of macroalgae, its associated

epibionts and infauna in the diets of juvenile and subadult fish in the Ningaloo lagoon,

focussing on:

1. the significance of macroalgae in the diets of juvenile fish and how this varies between

summer (February) and winter (July) (Chapter 3); and

2. the development and use of an Ecopath with Ecosim ecosystem model to assess trophic

flows of macroalgae to functional fish groups (Chapter 4).

Fish were sampled in macroalgal beds by a variety of techniques (herding into fence nets

by SCUBA, hand spear, and rod and line fishing) in February and July, 2015. A total of

181 fish were caught representing 11 species, with six species caught in both months.

Stomach contents were identified to the lowest taxonomic resolution possible and the

percent volume of items recorded. Multivariate analyses were used to identify guilds

(species with similar diets), and to assess differences in diets between February and July.

The results showed that: fleshy macroalgae (e.g. Sargassum spp.) were not as important

as filamentous algae to the diets of the juveniles of two nominally herbivorous fish species

in February, but became more important in July. Macroalgae were not an important

component in the diets of juvenile Lethrinidae, Lutjanidae, or Mullidae, though the

infauna associated with the macroalgal beds was important in the diets. Analysis of

feeding specialisation found that the smaller size classes of fish in February had a

narrower trophic width and a more specialised feeding strategy than larger bodied fish of

Page 7: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

vii

the same species in July. At this time, fish tended to show a generalist feeding strategy

and broad niche width, possibly associated with increasing gape size of the larger fish

sampled at this time. These studies provided the basis for defining three distinct functional

feeding groups for the Ecopath model: herbivores, zoobenthivores, and carnivores

(Chapter 4).

The Coral Bay Ecopath model was constructed by modifying an Ecopath model for the

Ningaloo system and applying it to an area of the macroalgal beds to examine trophic

flows from macroalgae to higher trophic levels. The Coral Bay model had 29 functional

groups based on the functional fish feeding groups (adults and juveniles of herbivores,

zoobenthivores, carnivore, Lethrinus species and Lethrinus nebulosus - 10 groups) and

broad dietary categories (13 groups) identified in Chapter 3, a competitor for algal

resources (e.g. turtles - 1 group), predators to the fish groups (e.g. reef sharks and dolphins

- 2 groups) and extra groups that were included due to having different functional roles

(e.g. phytoplankton, squid and octopus - 3 groups). The model was balanced by adjusting

biological parameters, with an emphasis on changing those with the fewest data from the

region the most. Macroalgae were the dominant primary producers in the system, and

comprised more than 70% of the total consumption of trophic level I groups.

Ecopath with Ecosim was used to evaluate the effects of three categories of disturbance,

(17 scenarios), affecting primary production, fishing effort and simultaneous changes in

both primary production and fishing effort. The results from these predicted that changes

in the rate of primary production had a much larger effect on the biomass of functional

groups within the Ningaloo lagoon than changes to fishing effort. Since this model was

developed with a focus on trophic understanding and not fishing, and it was not possible

to tune the model with data from recreational fisheries, therefore, the predictions from the

scenarios involving fishing effort should be treated with caution

Page 8: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

viii

The results from this study show that the macroalgal beds are important in the diets of

some fish species and contribute to trophic flows in the Ningaloo lagoon. This adds to the

understanding of their function as habitat for different species and highlights the value of

including them in conservation planning for the Ningaloo Marine Park.

Page 9: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

9

1. General Introduction

Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and

subtropical regions, however, they are among the world’s most biodiverse productive

ecosystems (Moberg and Folke 1999; Pandolfi et al. 2011). Interconnected, shallow-

water habitats separate the reef from the coastline and include lagoons, patch reefs,

estuaries, tidal creeks, and subtidal sand and mud flats (Dahlgren and Marr 2004; Adams

et al. 2006; Sheaves et al. 2015).

Macrophytes, including mangroves, seagrass, and macroalgae can make up a large

component of tropical shallow-water habitats (Kobryn et al. 2013), have high rates of

productivity (Beck et al. 2001), and support diverse fish and benthic communities

(Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Dahlgren and Marr 2004). They are essential providers of

ecological services, including foraging habitat for a range of organisms, and settlement

and refuge habitat for cryptic species and juveniles of organisms that inhabit coral reefs

(Dahlgren and Marr 2004; Dorenbosch 2006).

1.1 Macroalgae in Tropical Systems

While the ecology of macroalgae has been well studied in temperate systems (Edgar and

Shepherd 2013), it has often been overlooked as shallow-water habitat in tropical systems,

and has been considered symptomatic of coral reef decline globally due to the effects of

overfishing, warming sea temperatures, and excessive nutrient flows (Diaz-Pulido and

McCook 2003; Hughes 2003; Bellwood et al. 2004; Hughes et al. 2007; Norström et al.

2009). However, recent research has recognised macroalgae as an important component

of coral reef systems (Vroom et al. 2006; Wismer et al. 2009; Johansson et al. 2010;

Vroom and Braun 2010; Bruno et al. 2014), providing nursery habitat for juvenile fish

(Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson et al. 2014), a food source for herbivorous

fish (Randall 1967; Pillans et al. 2004; Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008; Green and Bellwood

Page 10: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

10

2009; Bessey and Heithaus 2015), and habitat for invertebrate infauna (Downie et al.

2013; Wernberg et al. 2013).

Since coral reefs are generally oligotrophic systems, herbivory is an important component

for transferring primary production and nutrients to higher trophic levels within the

system (McCook 1999; Bellwood et al. 2004; Fulton et al. 2014). Therefore,

understanding which macroalgae are consumed by fish, their rates of consumption and

assimilation, and the transfers to secondary consumers, is essential in understanding

resource partitioning in juvenile and adult habitats, and the trophodynamics of the

ecosystem (Choat et al. 2002; Horinouchi et al. 2012; Bessey and Heithaus 2015). It also

provides fundamental information to guide the development of the structure and trophic

flows in ecosystem models (Christensen and Pauly 1992; Christensen 2009).

1.2 Modelling Ecosystem Dynamics

Ecosystem models are designed to understand ecosystems and their trophic flows,

illustrate issues with fisheries management, describe theoretical ecology, investigate

policy questions, and address uncertainty around the effectiveness of protected areas

(Christensen 2009). They simulate processes that influence species in an ecosystem, and

are vital for providing managers, researchers, and stakeholders with detailed scientific

information about the structure and functioning of the systems (Food and Agriculture

Organisation 2008). Ecosystem models can also be used in planning processes to manage

and protect marine species (Evans et al. 2014).

Ecopath with Ecosim (EwE) has become one of the most widely used tools for modelling

ecosystem dynamics, and due to its ease of use, ability to be adapted to the system being

analysed, and ready availability (Christensen 2009; Coll et al. 2015; Gartner et al. 2015),

more than 400 models have been published worldwide (Colléter et al. 2013). Ecopath is

a static, mass-balanced model (Pauly et al. 2000; Plagányi 2007) used primarily to

Page 11: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

11

parameterise a system for dynamic simulations in Ecosim (Christensen 2009). Ideally,

data should be collected from the region being modelled rather than importing parameters

from other systems (Heymans et al. 2016), though this is often necessary given the lack

of detailed biological data for many systems (Dambacher et al. 2009; Metcalf et al. 2009).

Though output from models may not have high degrees of certainty (Food and Agriculture

Organisation 2008; Christensen 2009) due to the lack of detailed information for

biological parameters in poorly studied systems (Dambacher et al. 2009) and problems

with quality control and validation of data being used in the model (Coll et al. 2015),

EwE models can play an important role in determining habitats that require protection to

enhance conservation of important fish species (Beck et al. 2001; Dahlgren et al. 2006;

Vergés et al. 2011; Coll et al. 2015). These models may be used to inform management

and decision making by improving understanding of the ecosystem and defining

knowledge gaps and scenarios for future research (Fulton et al. 2011).

1.3 The Ningaloo Reef Ecosystem

The Ningaloo Reef is a relatively pristine fringing coral reef in the Ningaloo Marine Park

(NMP), Western Australia (Department of Conservation and Land Management and

Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005), where low rainfall and terrestrial runoff

result in low nutrient levels relative to other fringing reefs worldwide (Johansson et al.

2010; Kobryn et al. 2013). Recreational fishing is a key activity within the NMP, with

recreational catches of species such as Lethrinus nebulosus exceeding commercial

catches for the region (Fletcher and Santoro 2015).

Macroalgae comprises a large proportion of the benthic habitat in lagoon areas (Cassata

and Collins 2008; Kobryn et al. 2013; Fulton et al. 2014), thought to be due to the lack

of reef structure or rugosity (Johansson et al. 2010; Vergés et al. 2011). Sargassum

species are the dominant component of macroalgal beds within the Ningaloo lagoon

Page 12: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

12

(Johansson et al. 2010), and they undergo seasonal fluctuations in biomass, peaking in

the austral summer (December to February) and senescing in winter (June to August;

Fulton et al. 2014).

While juveniles of fish species that have ecological significance and are important in

commercial and recreational fisheries (Department of Conservation and Land

Management and Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005) are known to settle onto

macroalgal habitat within the Ningaloo lagoon (Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014;

Wilson et al. 2014), it is not known whether the macroalgae contributes to juvenile diets

(Lugendo et al. 2006), and it is difficult to discern the dietary importance of macroalgae

compared to the protection afforded by the macroalgae as nursery habitat, or other food

sources that are available (Zieman et al. 1984; Choat et al. 2002; Fulton et al. 2016).

Since Ningaloo macroalgal communities are not influenced by high nutrient levels, and

herbivorous fish are not targeted by local fisheries, the macroalgal beds should be close

to their naturally occurring state (Department of Conservation and Land Management and

Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005; Johansson 2012; Fulton et al. 2014). They

thus provide a unique tropical ecosystem for researching the trophic role of macroalgae

for juvenile fish.

The primary objective of this Honours project is to determine the importance of

macroalgae to the diets of juvenile fish in the Ningaloo Reef lagoon. This has been

achieved by investigating the following:

1. Review the literature on the contribution of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile

fish in tropical ecosystems, and assess where there are gaps in the published

literature (Chapter 2);

Page 13: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

13

2. Determine the diets of juvenile fish that associate with macroalgal beds in the

Ningaloo lagoon to assess the importance of broad dietary categories and how the

diets vary among species and seasons (Chapter 3);

3. Develop an Ecopath with Ecosim (EwE) model for the macroalgal beds of the

lagoon and use the model to evaluate potential changes the productivity of the

system, and changes in fishing effort (Chapter 4).

Page 14: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

14

2. Literature Review

2.1 General Introduction

Tropical marine ecosystems contain an array of interconnected habitats and communities

that extend from the shoreline to the open ocean (Dahlgren and Marr 2004; Unsworth et

al. 2014). Shallow-water habitats separate the reef from the coastline, and make up some

of the most ecologically significant and productive ecosystems on Earth (Adams et al.

2006). They include coastal fringe, lagoon and patch reef habitats, estuaries, tidal creeks,

saltmarshes, and intertidal and subtidal sand and mud flats (Dahlgren and Marr 2004;

Adams et al. 2006; Sheaves et al. 2015). Macrophytic shallow-water habitats include

macroalgae, mangroves and seagrass, and are integral components of coastal ecosystems

(Loneragan et al. 2013). They provide essential ecosystem services (Costanza et al.

1997), and provide fauna with a source of primary production, nursery grounds, habitat,

food sources, and protection from predation (Dahlgren and Marr 2004).

A variety of abundant and diverse animal species utilise shallow-water habitats for at least

part of their life cycle, especially during juvenile stages (Nagelkerken et al. 2000;

Dorenbosch 2006; Wilson et al. 2010; Wilson et al. 2014). These ecosystems are often

referred to as nurseries due to the variety of resources provided to juveniles, and flow-on

effects for adult productivity (Beck et al. 2001). Juvenile fish use these habitats to

maximise the growth rate to predation ratio until they are less susceptible to predation

(Sogard 1997; Dahlgren and Eggleston 2000; Adams et al. 2004; Grol et al. 2008;

Nakamura et al. 2012). The benefits from these habitats to fish production and diversity

extend to fisheries (Dahlgren and Marr 2004), with the diversity and extent of

macrophytes being positively correlated with key metrics, including total catch, catch per

unit effort, maximum sustainable yield (Loneragan et al. 2013).

Page 15: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

15

While there has been abundant research into the roles of seagrass and mangrove habitats

in tropical ecosystems (Heck Jr. and Weinstein 1989; Loneragan et al. 1997; Loneragan

et al. 1998; Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003; Heck Jr. et al.

2003; Nakamura et al. 2003; Adams et al. 2004; Dahlgren and Marr 2004; Manson et al.

2005; Adams et al. 2006; Dahlgren et al. 2006; Dorenbosch 2006; Lugendo et al. 2006;

Grol et al. 2008; Mumby and Hastings 2008; Horinouchi et al. 2012; Nakamura et al.

2012; Loneragan et al. 2013; Sheaves et al. 2015), macroalgae has historically been

ignored (Manson et al. 2005; Nagelkerken et al. 2015) or considered to be symptomatic

of degraded coral reef ecosystems (Chong-Seng et al. 2012). Recent research in the north-

west of Western Australia has shown that macroalgal beds act as nursery habitat,

analogous to seagrass and mangrove habitats elsewhere (Wilson et al. 2010; Wilson et al.

2014; Evans et al. 2014; Fulton et al. 2014); however, little is known about the role of

macroalgae for the dietary requirements of juvenile fish. Increasing our knowledge of the

ecological importance of macroalgal shallow-water habitats is essential in determining

the appropriate management and conservation measures (Adams et al. 2006) required to

sustain diversity and productivity of a suite of ecologically and commercially important

fish species at Ningaloo Reef (Wilson et al. 2010).

Dietary information provides an understanding of trophic flows and helps to identify the

major functional groups in ecosystems (Green and Bellwood 2009), fundamental

information for the structure of ecosystem models (Christensen and Pauly 1992;

Christensen 2009). Ecosystem models vary in complexity and purpose, simulate

processes that influence species in an ecosystem, and are vital for providing managers,

researchers, and stakeholders with detailed scientific information (Food and Agriculture

Organisation 2008) and identifying knowledge gaps in the structure and function of the

systems (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008). Ecopath with Ecosim (EwE) has

become one of the most widely used tools for modelling ecosystem dynamics due to its

Page 16: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

16

ease of use, ability to be adapted to the system being analysed and free availability

(www.ecopath.org) (Christensen 2009; Gartner et al. 2015). Though output from models

may not have high degrees of certainty (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008;

Christensen 2009), they can play an important role in determining habitats that require

protection to enhance conservation of important fish species (Beck et al. 2001; Dahlgren

et al. 2006; Vergés et al. 2011; Coll et al. 2015).

This review will provide the background to the role of macrophytes, particularly

macroalgae, in the natural history of ecologically and socially important fish, with a focus

on their importance to tropical ecosystems. It also summarises the knowledge of

macroalgae and its contribution to trophic flows in tropical marine ecosystems. It will

illustrate the importance of ecosystem models in providing information based on

simulations derived from local data and how they can be used to improve management of

shallow-water macroalgal habitats, which can have positive flow-on effects for fish

communities.

2.2 Tropical Lagoon Habitats

2.2.1 Role of Lagoon Habitats

Ecosystem Services

Shallow-water lagoon ecosystems serve many important functions through the provision

of ecosystem services (Costanza et al. 1997) and are a key component in the lives of

millions of people worldwide (Moberg and Folke 1999; McManus et al. 2000). These

include protecting shorelines against erosion, removing suspended solids from the water

column, oxygenating waters, carbon sequestration, recycling nutrients, providing habitat,

and supporting fisheries production (Costanza et al. 1997; Dahlgren and Marr 2004;

Manson et al. 2005; Unsworth et al. 2014), with an estimated average global value of

US$375 billion per year (Costanza et al. 1997).

Page 17: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

17

Macrophytic shallow-water habitats such as mangroves, seagrass beds, and macroalgal

patches have high rates of primary productivity, and support biologically diverse fish and

benthic communities (Beck et al. 2001; Dahlgren and Marr 2004). They provide

important ecological functions such as nursery, refuge and foraging habitats for juveniles

of species that are common on coral reefs (Dahlgren and Marr 2004; Dorenbosch 2006)

and are crucial in maintaining reef diversity and stability (Lee and Lin 2015). However,

separating their role as a dietary source from that of habitat is difficult (Zieman et al.

1984; Fulton et al. 2016)

Habitat

Fish community composition varies across shallow-water macrophyte habitats

(Laegdsgaard and Johnson 2001; Boyer et al. 2004; Fulton et al. 2016) and structural

complexity of marine habitats is a major factor in determining localised abundance and

diversity of coral reef fish (Adams et al. 2004; Almany 2004). Habitat complexity impacts

on competition, predation rates and foraging ability, ultimately having an impact on fish

abundance, biomass, and fitness (Botsford et al. 1997; Dahlgren and Eggleston 2000;

Almany 2004; Hoey and Bellwood 2011; Fulton et al. 2016). Habitat selection aims to

maximise energy intake while minimising the risk of predation (Adams et al. 2004; Grol

et al. 2008), and understanding the links of fish to habitats is important for understanding

the vulnerability and resilience of marine ecosystems, as well as for future fisheries

management (Manson et al. 2005; Munday et al. 2008; Loneragan et al. 2013).

Until recently, most research has focused on mangrove and seagrass habitats since they

are the most abundant nearshore habitat adjacent to tropical coral reef ecosystems (Heck

Jr. and Weinstein 1989; Loneragan et al. 1997; Loneragan et al. 1998; Nagelkerken et al.

2000; Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003; Heck Jr. et al. 2003; Nakamura et al. 2003;

Adams et al. 2004; Dahlgren and Marr 2004; Manson et al. 2005; Dorenbosch 2006;

Page 18: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

18

Adams et al. 2006; Dahlgren et al. 2006; Lugendo et al. 2006; Grol et al. 2008; Mumby

and Hastings 2008; Horinouchi et al. 2012; Nakamura et al. 2012; Blaber 2013;

Loneragan et al. 2013; Sheaves et al. 2015), and many fish species depend on them for

all or part of their lifecycle (Manson et al. 2005). Recently, research has focused on the

importance of macroalgae as habitat in tropical ecosystems with mixed results (Wilson et

al. 2010; Wilson et al. 2012; Wilson et al. 2014; Evans et al. 2014).

In addition to providing habitat for small invertebrates (Wernberg et al. 2013), studies at

Ningaloo Reef, Western Australia (Figure 2.1) suggest that macroalgal beds provide

habitat for juveniles of a number of fishes with ecological and fisheries significance

(Wilson et al. 2010). The significance of macroalgal cover to fish production and diversity

however, varies among studies; several have found a positive correlation with fish

biomass (Wismer et al. 2009; Wilson et al. 2012; Evans et al. 2014), while others report

declines in foraging, species richness, diversity and the number of functional groups as

Figure 2.1 Ningaloo Reef, Western Australia

Page 19: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

19

homogenous macroalgae dominates coral reef habitats (Hoey and Bellwood 2011;

Chong-Seng et al. 2012; Rasher et al. 2013). This illustrates the importance of habitat

complexity to fish rather than the type of habitat, since homogenous macroalgae appears

to have negative effects on fish assemblages (Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Heck Jr. et al.

2003; Adams et al. 2004; Wilson et al. 2012).

Food Webs

Tropical ecosystems typically have high rates of herbivory (Hay 1991), with herbivorous

fish being more abundant and diverse than in temperate ecosystems (Ogden and Lobel

1978; Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008; Green and Bellwood 2009). Herbivory plays a range

of ecological roles in coral reef functioning that maintain spatial heterogeneity and

convert primary production into forms available to higher trophic levels (Choat 1991).

Herbivorous fish have varied feeding modes and consume a range of plant matter (Choat

1991; Green and Bellwood 2009; Horinouchi et al. 2012; Blaber 2013). Species that feed

on macroalgae are a key functional group since they help to prevent or reverse phase

shifts from coral dominated systems to those dominated by macroalgae when reefs have

been impacted by external disturbances such as severe storms or coral bleaching events

(McCook 1999; Bellwood et al. 2004; Hughes et al. 2007; Green and Bellwood 2009;

Rasher et al. 2013; Welsh and Bellwood 2014). Healthy reefs are characterised by high

feeding complementarity or functional redundancy (Bellwood et al. 2004; Hoey and

Bellwood 2009; Green and Bellwood 2009; Pratchett et al. 2011; Rasher et al. 2013).

Feeding complementarity occurs when taxa consume different taxa or perform different

roles in an ecosystem that have a complementary or additive effect (Burkepile and Hay

2011; Hoey et al. 2013; Rasher et al. 2013), while functional redundancy occurs when

sympatric species perform the same ecological function (niche overlap) in an ecosystem

(Pratchett et al. 2011; Burkepile and Hay 2011; Welsh and Bellwood 2014).

Page 20: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

20

Herbivorous fish feed in a variety of modes and their presence in macroalgal beds should

not imply that they are feeding on it (Fox and Bellwood 2008). In shoreward zones of the

Great Barrier Reef, the abundance of herbivorous fish was not related to their rate of

removing or reducing macroalgal biomass; only juveniles fed on macroalgae, while

mature individuals and other species were hypothesised to be feeding on epiphytes (Fox

and Bellwood 2008). Furthermore, some species belonging to important functional

groups may not be conspicuous in underwater visual censuses (Fox and Bellwood 2008).

The diet of larval or post-larval stages of herbivorous fish species may also differ from

that of older life history stages, with some studies finding that they are planktivorous,

then switching to omnivory and herbivory with ontogeny (Choat 1991; Benavides et al.

1994a; Choat et al. 2002).

Not all algae eaten by fish may have been consumed intentionally (Ogden and Lobel

1978) and less than half of reportedly herbivorous species had stomach contents

dominated by living algae (Choat et al. 2002). Macrophytes are also used as habitat,

protection, and a food source by small, mobile invertebrates (Wernberg et al. 2013;

Downie et al. 2013), which may be targeted as prey. In southern Japan, 44% of fish in a

coral reef system had ingested seagrass, though it may have been ingested incidentally

with epifaunal prey, since harpacticoid copepods were the most important food item in

gut contents analyses (Nakamura et al. 2003) and invertivorous fish are highly abundant

in censuses of macroalgal associated fish assemblages (Yamada et al. 2012; Evans et al.

2014; Wilson et al. 2014).

Nursery Function

Shallow-water ecosystems provide many functions that influence and support abundance

and diversity of juvenile fish, and are often referred to as nurseries (Moberg and Folke

1999; Laegdsgaard and Johnson 2001; Beck et al. 2001; Heck Jr. et al. 2003; Dahlgren

Page 21: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

21

and Marr 2004; Manson et al. 2005; Adams et al. 2006; Dahlgren et al. 2006; Dorenbosch

2006; Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Sheaves et al. 2015; Nagelkerken et al. 2015).

The nearly complete absence of juveniles in deeper habitats of a coral reef illustrates the

importance of shallow-water habitats for nurseries (Nagelkerken et al. 2000). The nursery

hypothesis stipulates that species that associate with reef habitat as adults, principally

inhabit shallow-water habitats at a distance from the reef after settling out of their pelagic

larval phase (Beck et al. 2001; Dorenbosch 2006). This is followed by a directional

migration from juvenile to adult habitat (Heck Jr. and Weinstein 1989; Cocheret de la

Morinière et al. 2003).

In comparison to adult habitats, nursery habitats are beneficial to juveniles due to the high

availability of food, increased living space, high structural complexity, and reduced

visibility, which combined, result in high growth rates and reduced levels of predation

(Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Dahlgren and Eggleston 2000; Adams et al. 2004; Manson et

al. 2005; Dahlgren et al. 2006; Dorenbosch 2006; Lee and Lin 2015). In the last decade,

extensive research has investigated the dependence of tropical fish on tropical shallow-

water habitats as estuaries due to their role in supporting marine species of economic and

functional value (Manson et al. 2005; Blaber 2013).

The value of nurseries varies with geography, and is influenced by biotic, abiotic, and

landscape factors (Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Beck et al. 2001; Dorenbosch et al. 2005).

Four components are considered essential in determining the value of nursery habitat:

density of juvenile fish, growth rates, survival rates, and connectivity with adult habitats

(Sogard 1997; Beck et al. 2001; Grol et al. 2008; Sheaves et al. 2015), though a high

value for one factor does not necessarily increase recruitment to adult populations (Beck

et al. 2001; Dorenbosch et al. 2005; Manson et al. 2005). In fact, juvenile survival is not

always significantly higher on macrophyte habitat compared to coral reef habitat

Page 22: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

22

(Dorenbosch 2006; Nakamura et al. 2012; Lee and Lin 2015); the juveniles choose the

macrophytes as a trade-off to maximise the ratio between mortality risk and rate of growth

so that the fish can grow quickly to a size that is less susceptible to predation (Sogard

1997; Adams et al. 2004; Grol et al. 2008; Nakamura et al. 2012).

The role of mangroves and seagrass as nursery habitats has been well documented,

particularly in the Caribbean (Dahlgren and Eggleston 2000; Nagelkerken et al. 2000;

Dorenbosch et al. 2004; Manson et al. 2005; Adams et al. 2006; Dorenbosch et al. 2006;

Nakamura et al. 2012). Historically, macroalgae has been overlooked as a potential

nursery, or as a bridging habitat for ontogenetic migrations (Manson et al. 2005;

Nagelkerken et al. 2015; see also Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Beck et al. 2001; Dorenbosch

et al. 2005; Dorenbosch et al. 2006). Recently, shallow-water macroalgal beds have been

identified as important nurseries in the Indo-Pacific, particularly for large-bodied species

(Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014).

Our understanding of the importance of shallow-water nursery habitats to maintaining

adult coral reef fish and invertebrate communities is limited, because the assumption that

there are large contributions of individuals to adult populations is relatively untested

(Beck et al. 2001; Manson et al. 2005; Adams et al. 2006; Loneragan et al. 2013; Sheaves

et al. 2015). Knowledge of the life history of individual species is essential, and data on

the functional roles of nursery habitats, factors that create site-specific variability, and

drivers of ontogenetic habitat shifts is required to understand population dynamics

(Dahlgren and Eggleston 2000; Beck et al. 2001; Adams et al. 2006). This will help to

conserve and manage both nursery habitat quality, and the fish communities that benefit

from the juveniles that migrate from them (Beck et al. 2001).

Page 23: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

23

2.2.2 Macroalgae

Macroalgal beds are a prominent component of tropical and temperate shallow-water

ecosystems (Carr 1989; Anderson 1994; Steneck and Erlandson 2002; Cassata and

Collins 2008; Wilson et al. 2010; Wilson et al. 2012; Evans et al. 2014; Fulton et al.

2014). They play an important role in primary production, stabilising sediments,

competing with benthic organisms, and providing a source of food and complex habitat

(Thomsen et al. 2010; Wilson et al. 2010); however their importance to coral reef

community dynamics is poorly understood (Evans et al. 2014; Wilson et al. 2014) and

there is conflicting information on their role in influencing the diversity and abundance

of fish assemblages. For example, where Hoey et al. (2011) observed herbivorous fish

avoided high density macroalgae, Wilson et al. (2014) found that heterogeneity in

structural complexity of macroalgal habitat influenced fish distribution, and high holdfast

density was associated with greater density, biomass and species richness of functionally

important fish.

The majority of studies on macroalgae focus either on temperate regions (Carr 1989;

Anderson 1994; Steneck and Erlandson 2002), or the competitive effects of algae on coral

reefs (McCook 1999; McCook et al. 2001; Hughes et al. 2007; Webster et al. 2015); yet

approximately 90% of herbivorous marine fish species live in coral reef ecosystems

(Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008). In temperate rocky reefs, the abundance of macroalgae

explains local variation in the species composition of fish recruitment (Carr 1989;

Anderson 1994), while there is little published research for patterns of recruitment onto

macroalgae in tropical regions outside of Western Australia (Wilson et al. 2010; Yamada

et al. 2012; Wilson et al. 2014; Evans et al. 2014), and their role as nurseries is poorly

understood compared to temperate systems (Adams et al. 2006). Important fishery

species recruit to macroalgal beds during the peak macroalgal biomass in summer

(Wilson et al. 2010; Terazono et al. 2012; Loneragan et al. 2013), and reductions in

Page 24: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

24

macroalgal biomass during winter may affect their contributions to fisheries (Evans et al.

2014). This makes macroalgal beds worthy of increased attention to try to understand

their role in contributing to adult populations.

Presence in Tropical Ecosystems

Macroalgae, such as Sargassum species, grow in oligotrophic areas adjacent to coral reefs

(Littler and Littler 2007; Fulton et al. 2014), though there is considerable spatial variation

in abundance and composition (Vergés et al. 2011). Frondose algae can be fast growing

with high turnover rates, therefore, they increase their abundance when settlement space

is made available through reef disturbances (Moberg and Folke 1999; Diaz-Pulido and

McCook 2003; Hughes et al. 2007; Littler and Littler 2007). Macroalgal abundance is

important as a bio-indicator of reef degradation (Littler and Littler 2007; Bruno et al.

2014), and overabundance may be due to several factors, such as high nutrient levels,

terrestrial runoff, overfishing leading to trophic cascades, and reduced herbivory

(McCook et al. 2001; Littler and Littler 2007; Hughes et al. 2007; Johansson et al. 2010;

Fulton et al. 2014).

Many studies show that there is a negative correlation between macroalgal abundance

and coral recruits (McCook et al. 2001; Webster et al. 2015), and phase shifts to

macroalgal dominance over corals can result in reduced fecundity, recruitment, and

survival of coral (Hughes et al. 2007; Bruno et al. 2014); this has implications for a

system’s resilience, ecological communities and economic potential (Hughes et al. 2007;

Chong-Seng et al. 2012). Phase shifts can be initiated by: storms, climate change, reduced

light levels and settlement habitat for coral larvae, the effects of microbes and

allelochemicals, reduced oxygen exchange, uptake of nutrients and food particles by

corals and abrasion by macroalgae (McCook 1999; McCook et al. 2001; Biber et al. 2004;

Fulton et al. 2014; Webster et al. 2015).

Page 25: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

25

Alternatively, the absence of macroalgae in tropical ecosystems may be as detrimental as

an overabundance, since it may be critical for nursery habitat and food webs (Johansson

et al. 2010; Bruno et al. 2014). Though high levels of macroalgae are symptomatic of

degraded coral reef habitat, it may be a natural component of many tropical ecosystems

(Vroom et al. 2006; Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008; Wismer et al. 2009; Wilson et al. 2010;

Vergés et al. 2012; Hoey et al. 2013; Wernberg et al. 2013; Bruno et al. 2014; Evans et

al. 2014; Wilson et al. 2014). Research shows that macroalgae may also have positive

effects on corals, and extended periods of overgrowth have not had significant effects on

coral populations (McCook et al. 2001). Therefore, there are questions regarding how

much macroalgae is considered “normal” in tropical ecosystems, and whether it can be

considered responsible for coral reef degradation (Vroom et al. 2006; Hoey and Bellwood

2011; Bruno et al. 2014). It has been argued that tropical ecosystems can have abundant

assemblages of macroalgae, yet remain healthy and functionally intact (Vroom et al.

2006; Wismer et al. 2009). There are distinct reef systems operating at the Great Barrier

Reef with high abundances of macroalgae in inshore zones (Wismer et al. 2009), which

is also evident at Ningaloo Reef (Cassata and Collins 2008; Johansson et al. 2010; Kobryn

et al. 2013).

Herbivory and Trophic Flows

Macroalgae are a key component of food webs in tropical ecosystems (Bruno et al. 2014),

whether as a direct food source for herbivorous fish (Randall 1967; Tolentino-Pablico et

al. 2008), or as habitat supporting invertebrates that are prey to fish from higher trophic

levels (Wernberg et al. 2013). Since tropical ecosystems are generally oligotrophic

systems, transfers of nutrients and primary productivity to higher trophic levels are an

essential component of ecosystem function (McCook 1999) that is reliant on herbivorous

functional groups (Bellwood et al. 2004). Senescent macroalgae that detaches and drifts

to other areas may be important for transferring primary productivity (Fulton et al. 2014),

Page 26: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

26

as are fish that undergo ontogenetic migrations, though there are differing opinions about

the functional role of adult fish (Vermeij et al. 2013; Welsh and Bellwood 2014).

Understanding the dietary targets of herbivorous fish and the rates of consumption,

assimilation and transfer to secondary consumers is essential to understanding the

trophodynamics of the system (Choat et al. 2002; Bessey and Heithaus 2015).

In tropical ecosystems, herbivorous fish are the dominant consumer balancing

macroalgae production (Bellwood et al. 2004; Hughes et al. 2007; Tolentino-Pablico et

al. 2008), a role predominantly filled by invertebrates in temperate systems (Tolentino-

Pablico et al. 2008). There is strong evidence that herbivores provide a top-down role in

moderating competition between macroalgae and coral reefs to prevent phase shifts to

algal dominated systems (Boyer et al. 2004; Hughes et al. 2007; Hoey and Bellwood

2011; Rasher et al. 2013), which marks them as the most important fish functional group

on coral reefs (Bellwood et al. 2004; Hughes et al. 2007; Pratchett et al. 2011). In the

absence of this herbivorous control, macroalgae may dominate tropical ecosystems,

having a neutral or negative effect on herbivore activity and creating ecological feedbacks

from which corals may not recover (McCook et al. 2001; Hoey and Bellwood 2009; Hoey

and Bellwood 2011; Webster et al. 2015).

The epilithial algal matrix (EAM) consists of filamentous and turf algae among other

microbenthos and phytoplankton components, which is an important component of

herbivorous fish diets, and is often selectively consumed (Bellwood et al. 2004;

Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008); however there is limited data on the role of algae in the

diets of juvenile coral reef fish (Lugendo et al. 2006), especially from macroalgal beds

that the fish recruit to. Sargassum species are actively eaten by herbivorous species

(Vergés et al. 2011) and may be an important source of primary production in nutrient

Page 27: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

27

poor tropical systems (Fulton et al. 2014) that has not been investigated for juvenile fish

species.

2.2.3 Ontogenetic Shifts

Many coral reef fish undertake ontogenetic habitat shifts, and the movement of fish from

nursery grounds to adult coral reef habitats is well documented (Dahlgren and Eggleston

2000; Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003; Gillanders et al.

2003; Manson et al. 2005; Dorenbosch et al. 2005; Adams et al. 2006; Wilson et al. 2010;

Lee and Lin 2015); however the full ecological significance of ontogenetic dispersal is

poorly understood (Gillanders et al. 2003; Mumby and Hastings 2008). Coral reef fish

can be divided into three categories based on the benthic phase of their life history strategy

(Adams et al. 2006). Two categories, habitat specialists and habitat generalists, have

minor or poorly defined patterns of ontogenetic habitat shift, while the other category,

ontogenetic shifters, undergo complex habitat, dietary, and behavioural shifts from

settlement to adult life stages (Adams et al. 2006; Mumby and Hastings 2008). Those

species that undergo ontogenetic habitat shifts are thought to maintain functional

connectivity between habitats, and are considered key components of coral reef

ecosystem resilience (Vermeij et al. 2013; Welsh and Bellwood 2014).

The availability of food resources and avoidance of predators are the main drivers of

population dynamics and distribution patterns in tropical shallow-water systems (Werner

et al. 1983; Werner and Hall 1988; Dahlgren and Eggleston 2000; Grol et al. 2008;

Kimirei et al. 2013; Lee and Lin 2015). Large bodied fish species inhabit particular

habitat niches and have changing dietary requirements as they mature (Cocheret de la

Morinière et al. 2003; Horinouchi et al. 2012; Nakamura et al. 2012). As fish grow, it is

also thought that they become too large to receive optimal benefits provided by nursery

habitats, forcing them to migrate to deeper habitats to maximise the ratio of risk of

Page 28: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

28

mortality to rate of growth (Werner et al. 1983; Werner and Hall 1988; Dahlgren and

Eggleston 2000; Nagelkerken et al. 2000; Laegdsgaard and Johnson 2001; Adams et al.

2006; Dorenbosch 2006; Kimirei et al. 2013; Lee and Lin 2015). Over large spatial and

temporal scales, dispersal may also occur to seek resources, breed, and avoid

unfavourable environmental conditions (Sugden and Pennisi 2006).

Research in the Caribbean has shown that the extent and type of seagrass and mangrove

habitats may strongly influence the structure of adult fish and invertebrate populations on

nearby reefs (Dorenbosch et al. 2004; Mumby 2004; Dorenbosch et al. 2005), which may

also impact fisheries (Dahlgren and Marr 2004; Adams et al. 2006). The effect may not

be as strong in the Indo-West Pacific, and macroalgae may be just as significant for

populations of coral reef fish (Manson et al. 2005; Blaber 2013). In north-western

Australia, juveniles were observed exclusively on macroalgal beds, while adults were

frequently seen on coral reefs, implying some ontogenetic habitat shift analogous to that

observed from seagrass and mangrove habitats (Wilson et al. 2010; Fulton et al. 2014;

Evans et al. 2014). Understanding large-scale ontogenetic habitat use for ecologically and

functionally important species is critical for ecosystem, fisheries, and species

conservation and management (Manson et al. 2005; Adams et al. 2006; Welsh and

Bellwood 2014).

2.3 The Ningaloo Reef Marine System

The Ningaloo Reef, located in the north-west of Western Australia, is Australia’s largest

fringing coral reef and is located in the Ningaloo Marine Park (state waters) within the

central western IMCRA transition provincial bioregion (Commonwealth of Australia

2006; Commonwealth of Australia 2015c). It is the only large fringing coral reef on the

western margin of a continent, which is due to the southerly flow of the tropical Leeuwin

current (Taylor and Pearce 1999). The average annual rainfall is less than 270 mm

Page 29: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

29

(Commonwealth of Australia 2015a) and the average solar exposure ranges from 4.0 to

8.1 kWh.m-2 (Commonwealth of Australia 2015b). Due to the low rainfall and runoff,

land-based sources of nutrients are low relative to other fringing coral reefs worldwide

(Johansson et al. 2010; Kobryn et al. 2013), though there are pulses of freshwater runoff

associated with cyclone events that change surface salinities and provide a physical

disturbance to the system (Biber et al. 2004; Loneragan et al. 2013; Feng et al. 2015).

Commercial fishing has been limited in the marine park and herbivorous fish are seldom

targeted by recreational fishers, leaving populations relatively untouched (Webster et al.

2015). These factors, as well as the remoteness of the reef and the undeveloped coastline,

combine to maintain the reef in a relatively pristine state (Johansson et al. 2010; Webster

et al. 2015).

Ningaloo Reef contains a shallow lagoon (0-4 m depth) that ranges from 1 to 5 km wide

(Cassata and Collins 2008) and is characterised by rocky pavement and unconsolidated

sand substrates vegetated by macroalgal patches and sparse corals (Cassata and Collins

2008; Kobryn et al. 2013; Fulton et al. 2014). Since the Leeuwin Current depresses

coastal upwelling that is common on western continental coasts and allochthonous

sources of nutrients are low (Hanson et al. 2005), Ningaloo macroalgal communities are

not influenced by elevated nutrient levels. As a consequence, they should be relatively

close to their naturally-occurring state (Department of Conservation and Land

Management and Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005; Johansson et al. 2010;

Fulton et al. 2014), providing a unique tropical ecosystem for research into the role of

macroalgae for juvenile fish.

2.3.1 Prevalence of Macroalgae in the Reef Ecosystem

Although the extent and biomass of macroalgal beds at Ningaloo vary spatially (Cassata

and Collins 2008; Johansson et al. 2010; Kobryn et al. 2013; Fulton et al. 2014; Webster

Page 30: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

30

et al. 2015), it has been estimated that these habitats cover approximately 2,200 ha of the

lagoon area in the Ningaloo Marine Park (Department of Conservation and Land

Management and Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005), representing

approximately 51% of the benthic habitats shallower than the 20 m depth contour (Kobryn

et al. 2013). One genus, Sargassum, comprises more than 40% of the macroalgal cover

(Johansson et al. 2010) with reports of up to 88% (Doropoulos et al. 2013). Since there

are low levels of terrestrial nutrient input, the lack of both reef structure and rugosity are

thought to be responsible for high macroalgal abundance due to decreased protective

habitats for herbivore populations (Johansson et al. 2010; Vergés et al. 2011).

Macroalgal habitats at Ningaloo have pulses in structure and biomass (Wilson et al. 2014)

that are influenced by seasonal factors such as photosynthetically active radiation (PAR),

surface wind speed, and sea temperature (Fulton et al. 2014). Sargassum biomass differed

up to 18-fold in a 26 month period (Fulton et al. 2014), and holdfast density was greater

in summer than winter, though the differences were not uniform between locations

(Wilson et al. 2014). Nutrients, light, wave-driven water flow, and herbivory were not

found to be significant drivers of algal biomass at Ningaloo (Fulton et al. 2014). Since

Ningaloo Reef is a relatively pristine habitat, and there are no consistent sources of

nutrients to support increased macroalgal biomass, the high areas of macroalgal cover

probably represent the natural state and do not indicate a degraded tropical ecosystem

(Johansson et al. 2010).

Stable habitats are essential for fish life cycles and those that maintain structure during

biomass fluctuations are likely to be essential in supporting fish communities across

seasons (Wilson et al. 2014). Juvenile fish species often recruit to macroalgal beds at

Ningaloo (Wilson et al. 2010) coinciding with the summer peak in algal biomass (Wilson

et al. 2010; Terazono et al. 2012) from November to December (McIlwain 2003).

Page 31: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

31

Macroalgal beds provide ecological functions similar to that afforded by seagrass or

mangrove habitats in other systems (Thomsen et al. 2010; Wilson et al. 2010), therefore,

fauna residing in unstable algal habitats must migrate or adapt in order to survive (Wilson

et al. 2014).

2.3.2 Fish Present in the Ningaloo Reef Lagoon

Surveys have recorded over 500 species of finfish from 234 genera and 86 families within

the Ningaloo Reef, some of which are important to commercial and recreational fisheries

(Department of Conservation and Land Management and Marine Parks and Reserves

Authority 2005). Many species are essential for ecosystem function, fulfilling key

ecological roles in maintaining ecosystem health and resilience (Bellwood et al. 2004;

Green and Bellwood 2009). Hoey et al. (2013) defined ecosystem functions as “the

movement of energy through trophic and/or bioconstructional pathways” and Green &

Bellwood (2009) define functional groups as “a collection of species that perform a

similar function, irrespective of their taxonomic affinities”. Understanding the trophic

guild structure of fish that use the algal beds is important for identifying resource

partitioning in both juvenile habitats and adult habitats (Horinouchi et al. 2012). A review

of estuarine functional groups categorises feeding mode into seven functional groups

(Elliott et al. 2007) which are applicable to tropical as well as temperate habitats (Blaber

2013).

Functional Groups

A key process occurring on coral reefs is herbivory, which incorporates several groups

that mediate competition between algae and coral (Bellwood et al. 2004; Vergés et al.

2012). At Ningaloo, herbivorous fish contain the most abundant functional groups in

back-reef (69% of individuals) and lagoon (99% of individuals) habitats, and the

distribution of those groups impacts benthic community structure (Johansson et al. 2010).

Page 32: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

32

These groups are categorised according to diet and mode of feeding, into browsers, and

grazers (which includes scrapers and bioeroders) (Bellwood et al. 2004; Green and

Bellwood 2009; Hoey and Bellwood 2009; Hoey and Bellwood 2011), all of which play

specific, though complementary, roles in preventing macroalgal dominance of coral reefs

(Bellwood et al. 2004; Green and Bellwood 2009; Rasher et al. 2013).

Piscivores are another functional group that has the potential to influence fish populations

and macroalgal abundance (Wilson et al. 2012). Overfishing has the potential to locally

reduce the abundance of predatory species (Roberts 1995), which has been shown in

differences between sanctuary and recreational fishing zones along the Ningaloo Reef

(Babcock et al. 2008). Overfishing can lead to a decline in piscivorous species causing

fishers to target more abundant species from lower trophic levels (McManus et al. 2000),

a trend that has been occurring worldwide (Pauly et al. 1998). As herbivore abundance

decreases, top-down controls of macroalgae decline, and coral reefs may be more

susceptible to phase shifts to a macroalgal dominated state after a disturbance event

(McManus et al. 2000). This scenario may be prevented by encouraging resilient reefs

and maintaining healthy predator/herbivore populations (Munday et al. 2008).

Other functional groups of interest that associate with macroalgal beds at Ningaloo Reef

include omnivores, and zoobenthivores. Representative species found in macroalgal beds

of Ningaloo include members of the families: Acanthuridae, Lethrinidae, Lutjanidae,

Mullidae, and Siganidae (Table 2.1).

Role of Macroalgal Patches for Ningaloo Fish Species

The composition of larval and adult fish communities at Ningaloo Reef varies both

between and within years (McIlwain 2003; Wilson et al. 2014), with habitats being

selectively used at different life stages (Wilson et al. 2010; Wilson et al. 2014). Juvenile

fish density and species richness are significantly higher in summer months than winter

Page 33: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

33

(Wilson et al. 2014), and there is evidence that shallow-water macroalgal habitats play a

role as nursery habitat for juvenile fish in the north-west of Western Australia (Wilson et

al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson et al. 2014). Macroalgal beds are also a source of

primary productivity for adult herbivorous fish, and provide prey resources for predatory

fish that feed on juvenile fish and invertebrates associated with the algal habitat

(Wernberg et al. 2013; Wilson et al. 2014).

Table 2.1 Summary of some representative families found in macroalgal habitats of the Ningaloo

Reef lagoon and their functional groups, as defined by Elliott et al.(2007), for adults and

juveniles. Classification of adult functional groups based on information in FishBase (Froese

and Pauly 2015). Classification of juveniles based on mixed age group studies (Randall 1967;

Choat et al. 2002; Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003; Nakamura et al. 2003; Pillans et al.

2004; Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008; Farmer and Wilson 2011; Horinouchi et al. 2012; Hoey et

al. 2013) due to lack of data on post-recruitment juveniles.

Fish Family

Representative

species at

Ningaloo

Functional

group as an

adult

Functional

group as a

juvenile

Importance at

Ningaloo Reef

Acanthuridae

(surgeonfish) Naso fageni

herbivore

detritivore

zooplanktivore

detritivore

zooplanktivore grazer

Lethrinidae

(emperors)

Lethrinus

atkinsoni

L. nebulosus

piscivore

zoobenthivore

opportunist

zoobenthivore

targets of

recreational

fishery

Lutjanidae

(snappers)

Lutjanus kasmira

L. fulviflamma

piscivore

zoobenthivore

zooplanktivore

piscivore

zoobenthivore

zooplanktivore

targets of

recreational

fishery

Mullidae

(goatfish)

Parupeneus

spilurus

P. barberinoides

zoobenthivore

piscivore

zoobenthivore

zooplanktivore

bioturbation

by-catch of

recreational

fishery

Siganidae

(rabbitfish)

Siganus

fuscescens herbivore

detritivore

herbivore

zooplanktivore

grazer

browser

While the diets of many species that associate with macroalgal beds as adults have been

relatively well studied (Randall 1967; Pillans et al. 2004; Elliott et al. 2007; Tolentino-

Pablico et al. 2008; Green and Bellwood 2009; Wismer et al. 2009; Farmer and Wilson

2011; Vergés et al. 2012; Rasher et al. 2013; Wernberg et al. 2013; Downie et al. 2013;

Page 34: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

34

Welsh and Bellwood 2014), little is known of the diets of post-settlement juveniles and

sub-adult fish in these systems (Table 2.1). It is not known whether juveniles of

herbivorous species use macroalgae or their epiphytes as a primary source of nutrition, or

whether they undergo an ontogenetic shift in diet (Choat 1991; Benavides et al. 1994a;

Choat et al. 2002), since it can be difficult to determine the target of fish feeding on

macroalgae, particularly when there is a mosaic of algae, epiphytes, meiofauna and

detritus available (Choat et al. 2002).

2.4 Ecosystem Models

Ecosystem models simulate processes that influence species in an ecosystem, and are vital

for providing managers, researchers, and stakeholders with detailed scientific information

about the structure and functioning of the systems (Food and Agriculture Organisation

2008). They have been built to understand ecosystems and their trophic flows, illustrate

issues with fisheries management, describe theoretical ecology, investigate policy

questions, and address uncertainty around the effectiveness of protected areas

(Christensen 2009). They offer a complementary technique to empirical studies (Gartner

et al. 2015) and are an important component of management strategy evaluation (MSE),

which attempts to identify and model uncertainty, determine the effects of management

actions, balance ecosystem dynamics, and identify trade-offs between management

strategies (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008; Thébaud et al. 2014).

2.4.1 Use of Ecosystem Models in Ecosystem/Natural Resource Management

The output derived from ecosystem models can be used in a variety of ways, though it

needs a level of insight to be of any value (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008).

Problems with acceptance of model output are driven by various factors (Jorgensen and

Chon 2009; Fulton et al. 2011), however, decisions must be made, and the models are

invaluable for reproducing events that may not be ethically replicated in real systems or

Page 35: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

35

on limited time-frames (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008; Fulton et al. 2011).

Other benefits derived from ecosystem models include permitting less biased

interpretation of information, facilitating the learning of skills and attitudes required to

deal with complex problems, and providing a conduit for developing partnerships and

communication (Fulton et al. 2011). In addition, they summarise the knowledge available

for a system and identify significant gaps in data and understanding of system functioning

(Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008).

Successful management of predatory and sport fish is dependent on the management of

prey species (Chipps and Garvey 2007), and these interactions are frequently explored by

using ecosystem models (Pauly et al. 2000). The management and protection of marine

resources utilises many methods which can be incorporated into ecosystem models to

facilitate knowledge-based decisions in planning processes (Evans et al. 2014). An

improved understanding of the role macroalgal habitats play in influencing the

survivorship of juvenile coral reef fish, and the ensuing contributions to adult

communities, is fundamental in improving the success of conservation and management

of the Ningaloo marine resources (Evans et al. 2014).

2.4.2 Ecopath with Ecosim

Ecosystem models vary in their complexity and purpose (Fulton et al. 2011), ranging

from minimum realistic models that focus on a subset of an ecosystem, to fully

quantitatively-detailed and statistically-based models that attempt to describe an entire

system (Plagányi 2007; Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008) (Table 2.2). With ease

of parameterisation, models capable of varying in complexity by orders of magnitude to

suit the system being analysed, and being freely available (www.ecopath.org), Ecopath

with Ecosim (EwE) has become one of the most common tools for modelling ecosystem-

Page 36: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

36

based management of aquatic systems (Christensen 2009; Coll et al. 2015); it has 3 main

components, Ecopath, Ecosim, and Ecospace (Pauly et al. 2000).

Table 2.2 Summary of the types of models used to build ecosystem understanding,

their main purposes and examples of their application (Fulton et al. 2011)

Model

classification Purpose Example

Conceptual model 2, 3, 7 - one of the first steps in

determining the main drivers of a

system

Toy model 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 - stocks and flows model

- feedback loop model

Single-system

model

1, 3, 4, 5 - ELFSim

- tourist destination model

Shuttle model 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - ScenarioLab

- Ecopath with Ecosim

Full-system model 1, 2, 3, 4 - InVitro

1 predict/hindcast

2 understand system functioning

3 understand causal relationships

4 explore system behaviour

5 build tools for others to use

6 train specific skills and develop useful learning attitudes

7 foster communication and collaboration

Ecopath provides a standardised, static, mass-balanced view of the system of interest

(Pauly et al. 2000; Plagányi 2007), and is primarily used to parameterise a system for

dynamic simulations (Christensen 2009). The central tenet behind the simulations is the

conservation of energy in trophic transfers between functional groups (Pauly et al. 2000;

Christensen 2009; Gartner et al. 2015). Ecosim provides predictive, temporally-dynamic

simulation models to examine system processes and management policies (Christensen

2009; Gartner et al. 2015). This permits stakeholders to investigate trade-offs between

social, economic, and ecological strategies (Pauly et al. 2000; Christensen 2009).

Ecospace does not assume homogeneous spatial behaviour (Pauly et al. 2000), and

provides spatially- and temporally-dynamic models that examine how the placement of

protected areas impacts populations, including dispersal and advection effects

Page 37: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

37

(Christensen 2009; Fulton et al. 2011). It is useful because it allows simultaneous

consideration of population dynamics of functional groups and their food webs (Gartner

et al. 2015).

Even though EwE modelling is widely applied, there are challenges associated with it,

including communication of results, improving output validation, performing quality

control over the model and keeping the model up-to-date (Coll et al. 2015). The Ningaloo

EwE model was originally developed to analyse the impacts of anthropogenic fisheries

on various ecological groups (Fulton et al. 2011), but has not been updated with the most

recent research from the region, including the role of macroalgae to important fishery

species (Lozano-Montes, CSIRO, pers. comm.). It has the capacity to influence regional

management and decision making by: improving how the Ningaloo Reef ecosystem is

described, providing a framework for the various interactions between stakeholders and

their motives and goals, having models available for future use, and defining scenarios

for future research (Fulton et al. 2011).

2.4.3 Ecosystem Model Requirements

Ecosystem models can be complex and have requirements that are too extensive to

include in this review. The collection of data and verification of the model are essential

components that will be addressed here. Other components, with best practices, have been

summarised by the Food and Agriculture Organisation (2008) and Heymans et al. (2016).

Data

The data requirements for ecosystem models depend on the research questions and

hypotheses, the resolution of the data, the type of model required to analyse the

hypotheses, and how the data are collected (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008);

and reliable predictions depend on the level of knowledge in the system being examined

(Fulton et al. 2011). For less complex models, a small amount of data may be sufficient

Page 38: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

38

to help understand critical gaps in data and ecosystem interactions (Food and Agriculture

Organisation 2008), though time-dynamic models (Ecosim) have more intense data

requirements, making the certainty of predictions derived from them less reliable

(Christensen 2009).

Types of data that need to be considered for ecosystem models are removals of biomass

(dominated by anthropogenic interactions), indices of abundance, and vital rates (Food

and Agriculture Organisation 2008). The main input parameters for each functional group

in EwE models are: biomass, the ratios of production over biomass (P/B) and

consumption over biomass (Q/B), catches, dietary composition, and ecotrophic efficiency

(EE) (Christensen and Pauly 1992; Christensen 2009). Dietary and species interaction

data are crucial for modelling trophic flows (Farmer and Wilson 2011) and are critical

additions to models that allow them to develop, from stock assessments, to looking at

ecosystem interactions (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008). However, these are

often limited for species or regions, which impacts on the credibility of ecosystem models

if data needs to be imported (Farmer and Wilson 2011). Ecotrophic efficiency is a

measure of the proportion of the production that is used in the system, and it includes all

production terms apart from ‘other mortality’ (Christensen et al. 2005). It is often fitted

by the model because it is difficult to quantify and is usually the most uncertain input

parameter (Christensen et al. 2005).

Data should be collected from the region or species of interest, before importing data from

other ecosystems (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008). Documentation of the

sources and quality of the data is termed “pedigree”, and refers to the data

representativeness, specificity, and bias due to limited coverage (Food and Agriculture

Organisation 2008). Input from local data, or from expert opinion is scored higher than

input from model generated data or “guesstimates”(Ainsworth and Pitcher 2005).

Page 39: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

39

Model Verification - Calibration and Validation

The complexity of interactions, between organisms and their environment may result in

unexpected changes to population dynamics (Chong-Seng et al. 2012), which may not be

reproduced by the modelled predictions when forcing factors such as increased sea

temperature or a decrease in water pH are applied (Biber et al. 2004). Therefore, testing

of the model helps to determine its suitability, and how confident end users can be in the

inferences and predictions produced by the models (Rykiel 1996). Model calibration and

validation are two components of the basic steps for best practice in model development

(Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008).

Model calibration involves ensuring the modelled output is as consistent as it can be, with

the available data (Rykiel 1996) by ensuring that parameters and constants are correctly

programmed (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008). Sensitivity analysis is used to

determine the input, parameters, structures, and conditions that have the greatest effect

on predictions, allowing programmers to ensure that they have been estimated with the

greatest level of certainty possible (Biber et al. 2004).

Model validation occurs when the model is ratified as being useful in addressing the

research question and producing satisfactorily accurate simulations (Rykiel 1996), which

is conducted against independent field observations (Biber et al. 2004) to build credibility

for the model (Rykiel 1996). It is considered best practice to use statistical methods as a

structured approach to compare modelled output and data from the system (Biber et al.

2004; Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008).

2.4.4 Potential Effects of Disturbances on Macroalgae at Ningaloo Reef

There is considerable naturally occurring, spatial and temporal variation in the biomass

and diversity of many tropical communities (Munday et al. 2008; Hoey et al. 2013)

(macrophytes, corals, invertebrates, fish), driven by large scale episodic disturbances and

Page 40: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

40

complex interactions between physical processes, predation, and food and habitat

resources (Munday et al. 2008; Green and Bellwood 2009). Tropical ecosystems are

generally resilient enough to recover from natural disturbances such as cyclones in the

absence of anthropogenic stressors (e.g. destructive fishing practices or terrestrial runoff

affecting nutrients or turbidity) (Green and Bellwood 2009); however few reefs

worldwide are unaffected by human-induced disturbances (Hodgson 1999).

While there are fundamental gaps in our knowledge of the impact climate change will

have on tropical habitats, it is expected to dramatically impact ecological systems, be the

dominant disturbance affecting them in the future (Munday et al. 2008; Graham et al.

2015), and is expected to increase in frequency and severity, based on climate change

scenarios (Freeman et al. 2013; Webster et al. 2015). Effects are expected to include loss

of diversity, altered recruitment and distribution dynamics, changes in seasonal behaviour

and trophic flows, and increased incidences of diseases and invasive species due to a

combination of increased sea level and ocean temperatures, decreased ocean pH levels,

altered ocean currents, and more frequent extreme weather events (Hughes 2003; Munday

et al. 2008; Green and Bellwood 2009; Harley et al. 2012; Koch et al. 2013).

While many studies focus on the effects of climate change to a particular functional group,

ecosystem models allow us to examine the positive and negative effects of interactions

between many functional groups (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008; Christensen

2013; Gartner et al. 2015). This will allow managers to predict how changes in macroalgal

habitats due to external pressures, will impact food resources for juvenile coral reef fish,

and examine the flow-on effects for adult populations.

2.4.5 Implications for Management

The effective management of marine systems is more difficult than terrestrial systems

and requires a thorough understanding of the dynamics of the associated communities

Page 41: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

41

and environmental systems (Botsford et al. 1997). Ecosystem modelling can be used to

examine interactions between fish species and their habitat, and analyse the implications

of spatial and temporal disturbances, and various management strategies (Lozano-Montes

et al. 2011; Lozano-Montes et al. 2012; Christensen 2013; Lozano-Montes et al. 2013).

EwE has become a fundamental tool in developing ecosystem models (Coll et al. 2015),

even though ecosystem models have not been refined enough that a “management” model

could be developed for reliable tactical recommendations (Food and Agriculture

Organisation 2008). The output from models helps us to improve our understanding of

the importance of linkages between coral reef habitats and macroalgal nursery systems,

the natural or anthropogenic processes that maintain or alter the structure of those

linkages, and facilitate the development and use of ecosystem-based management

approaches (Adams et al. 2006; Littler and Littler 2007; Coll et al. 2015). Improved

understanding of how ecosystems may change will inform decisions regarding habitat

conservation, population dynamics, ecosystem-based management, sustainable fisheries,

and adaptive strategies (Adams et al. 2006; Coll et al. 2015).

The adoption of ecosystem modelling for fisheries management has been slow (Coll et

al. 2015), and a lack of confidence in the predictions of models may impact how decisions

are accepted (Christensen 2009), particularly when using data from outside the local area

(Farmer and Wilson 2011). Reliable data are essential for prioritising management plans

(Littler and Littler 2007) and improved confidence in decisions will result from

independent convergence of models when analysing the same questions, even though

certainty may be lower than would be ideal (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008).

2.4.6 Decisions Regarding Marine Sanctuaries

There is a need to identify the most important habitats for both juvenile and adult fish,

and the spatial patterns of ecological processes between them, so that adult populations

Page 42: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

42

remain sustainable (Beck et al. 2001; Dahlgren et al. 2006; Vergés et al. 2011; Lozano-

Montes et al. 2011; Lozano-Montes et al. 2012; Lozano-Montes et al. 2013). While

simulations using EwE can be used to inform managers about the implementation of

marine protected areas (MPAs) (Lozano-Montes et al. 2011; Lozano-Montes et al. 2012;

Lozano-Montes et al. 2013; Coll et al. 2015), it is often not used due to uncertainty and a

lack of confidence in the predictions (Christensen 2009; Heymans et al. 2016).

It is important to manage and protect habitats that contribute fish to adult populations,

since macroalgal habitats that maintain a stock of desirable fish can replenish distant

seascapes with new recruits (Dorenbosch et al. 2006). Coral reef resilience is strongly

dependent on the matrix of habitats surrounding them (Vergés et al. 2011), and protecting

algal habitats may improve reef resilience and the long-term sustainability of fisheries

resources by protecting ecologically important fish species that have the potential to

prevent phase shifts after disturbance events (Hughes et al. 2007; Wilson et al. 2010;

Loneragan et al. 2013; Rasher et al. 2013).

Understanding the value of macroalgal habitat for the contribution of recruits to adult

populations is essential for improving conservation outcomes for sustainable populations

of ecologically and recreationally important fish species; however ignoring other sources

of data may reduce the efficacy of decisions (Sheaves et al. 2015). Knowledge of

herbivorous fish and the species that comprise their diets are important for the design and

management of MPAs (Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008) because herbivory rates are thought

to be indicators of resilience in tropical ecosystems (Littler and Littler 2007; Green and

Bellwood 2009). The management of functional groups represents a paradigm shift from

standard management practices, which focus on individual taxa or habitats, by supporting

the taxa that sustain dynamic ecological processes rather than trying to maintain the status

quo (Hughes 2003; Bellwood et al. 2004).

Page 43: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

43

2.5 Summary

This literature review has delved into the current knowledge of macrophyte habitat in

tropical shallow-water habitats, revealing the historic bias against macroalgal habitat in

coral reef systems, and how perceptions are changing. Macroalgae is now becoming

considered a natural component in lagoon areas of pristine coral reef systems in Australia

and Hawaii, is recognised as important settlement habitat for juvenile fishes and a food

source for the many herbivorous fish species that inhabit coral reefs. However, there are

still knowledge gaps regarding its dietary importance for juvenile fish, and its role in

trophic flows in coral reef systems via the juvenile fishes.

Ecosystem models are designed to incorporate multiple functional groups into a model to

understand systems and their trophic flows, illustrate issues with fisheries management,

describe theoretical ecology, assess the impacts of hypotheses that can’t be ethically

tested in real ecosystems, and address uncertainty around the effectiveness of protected

areas. Although there are issues with data availability in complex ecosystems, Ecopath

with Ecosim models have become one of the most widely used tools for modelling

ecosystem dynamics due to its ease of use, adaptability, a free availability.

Based on the gaps in published knowledge, realised through this literature review, this

study aims to increase the understanding of macroalgal trophic ecology within lagoon

areas of the Ningaloo Marine Park by: determining the diets of juvenile fish that associate

with the macroalgal beds in the Ningaloo lagoon; assessing the importance of macroalgae

and other dietary categories to the juvenile fish; and using the data gleaned from the

dietary study to construct an Ecopath with Ecosim model, that can then be used to

simulate changes in physical and biological drivers of the system to examine the dynamics

of the lagoon.

Page 44: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

44

3. The Importance of Macroalgae to the Diets of Juvenile Fish in the

Ningaloo Reef Lagoon

3.1 Introduction

Coral reef ecosystems make up a small component of oceanic habitat in tropical and

subtropical regions globally, however, they are among the world’s most biodiverse

systems (Moberg and Folke 1999; Pandolfi et al. 2011). Habitats between coral reefs and

the shoreline, such as mangroves, seagrasses and macroalgae, provide important

ecosystem services to a range of organisms including humans (Costanza et al. 1997;

Moberg and Folke 1999; McManus et al. 2000). These include oxygenating the water,

protecting shorelines against erosion, recycling nutrients, and providing habitat, nursery

grounds and food to fish and benthic communities (Costanza et al. 1997; Dahlgren and

Marr 2004; Manson et al. 2005).

Macroalgae have often been considered a symptom of unhealthy reefs in the Caribbean,

eastern Africa and the eastern Pacific, as coral habitat becomes dominated by macroalgae

(Diaz-Pulido and McCook 2003; Hughes 2003; Hughes et al. 2007; Norström et al. 2009).

However, recent research has recognised that macroalgae is a natural component of coral

reef systems (Vroom et al. 2006; Wismer et al. 2009; Johansson et al. 2010; Vroom and

Braun 2010; Bruno et al. 2014), providing nursery habitat for juvenile fish (Wilson et al.

2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson et al. 2014), a food source for herbivorous fish (Pillans

et al. 2004; Green and Bellwood 2009; Bessey and Heithaus 2015), and habitat for

invertebrate infauna (Martin-Smith 1993; Peart 2004).

Ningaloo reef is a relatively pristine, fringing coral reef system in the north-west of

Western Australia (Chin et al. 2008). In places, Sargassum dominated macroalgal beds

make up more than 40% of the benthic habitat within the Ningaloo lagoon (Cassata and

Collins 2008; Kobryn et al. 2013; Fulton et al. 2014), and have been shown to be

important habitat for juvenile fish species (Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson

Page 45: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

45

et al. 2014) that play important ecological roles (Michael et al. 2013) or are prized target

species for recreational fishers in Western Australia (Smallwood and Beckley 2012; Ryan

et al. 2015). Macroalgae in the genus Sargassum are cosmopolitan species that undergo

seasonal pulses in biomass and productivity (Vuki and Price 1994; Ateweberhan et al.

2006; Fulton et al. 2014); however, little is known about the trophic role of Sargassum or

other macroalgae in the Ningaloo lagoon for these juvenile fish populations. The

importance of Sargassum and other macroalgae to the diets of these juvenile fishes is not

known, nor whether fish diets change seasonally in response to the seasonal dynamics of

Sargassum.

The overall aim of this chapter is to investigate the diets of juvenile fish that associate

with macroalgal beds in the Ningaloo Reef lagoon, and to evaluate the contribution of

macroalgae to the diets of these fish. The specific aims of the Chapter are to:

1. Determine the diets of juvenile fish that associate with macroalgal beds in the

Ningaloo lagoon to assess the importance of broad dietary categories and how

the diets vary among species and seasons;

2. Assess the diets to determine the feeding strategy and trophic width of the

juveniles and determine whether they differ between seasons;

3. Use the information from the dietary analyses to determine the species

composition of functional feeding groups (i.e. fish with similar diets) for an

Ecopath with Ecosim model developed in Chapter 4.

3.2 Materials and Methods

3.2.1 Study Area

Coral Bay (23° 08.683’ S, 113° 46.583’ E) is a small settlement, approximately 1,200 km

north-northwest of Perth, Western Australia (Figure 3.1). Mean annual temperatures

range from 17.7° C to 31.9° C, with an average annual rainfall of 260.7 mm falling

Page 46: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

46

predominantly between January and July (Commonwealth of Australia 2016b). The

average summer sea temperature is approximately 26° C with an average winter sea

temperature of approximately 23° C (Commonwealth of Australia 2016a). The settlement

is situated towards the southern end of the Ningaloo Reef, the largest fringing coral reef

in Australia.

The Ningaloo Reef is encompassed by the Ningaloo Marine Park (NMP) and currently

covers approximately 263,400 hectares (Department of Conservation and Land

Management and Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005). The region has diverse

marine floral and faunal communities due to the convergence of temperate and tropical

currents, making it a high conservation priority (Department of Conservation and Land

Management and Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005). The area also has

important cultural significance for local Aboriginal people (Commonwealth of Australia

2016c), a thriving commercial tourism sector that operates out of Coral Bay and Exmouth

(Department of Conservation and Land Management and Marine Parks and Reserves

Authority 2005), and is a target destination for recreational fishers, with an annual average

of 206,000 survey respondents nominating fishing as one of their top leisure activities in

the region (Tourism Western Australia 2015).

The catch by recreational fishers in the Ningaloo Marine Park matches or exceeds the

commercial catch in the Gascoyne region, for example, the 2014 recreational catch of

Lethrinus nebulosus was 17 t compared to 4 t for charter fishing and 2 t for commercial

fishing (Fletcher and Santoro 2015). Lethrinus nebulosus is the most targeted species by

recreational fishers in the NMP, followed by squid (Order Teuthoidea), snappers

(Lutjanus sebae, Pristipomoides multidens), and emperors (Lethrinus laticaudis,

Lethrinus miniatus) (Sumner et al. 2002; Ryan et al. 2015).

Page 47: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

47

Figure 3.1 The lagoon site that fish were sampled from and which was used as the area for the Ecopath

with Ecosim model (Chapter 4). The site is bounded by the reef to the west (blue), the coastline to the

east (white), and the Maud and Pelican Sanctuary zones to the north and south (red cross-hatch),

respectively. The figure is derived from a benthic hyperspectral study (Kobryn et al. 2013). Habitat

codes are explained in Appendix 1.

Habitat Legend

Page 48: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

48

Ningaloo Marine Park is considered to be a near-pristine ecosystem due to the low

population density, small amount of terrestrial freshwater runoff, and limited industrial

activity in the area (Chin et al. 2008); however, lagoon areas of the reef are characterised

by large areas of macroalgae (Cassata and Collins 2008; Kobryn et al. 2013) which are

considered an inherent part of the system (Cassata and Collins 2008; Kobryn et al. 2013).

Recent research has highlighted the importance of these macroalgal beds as habitat for

post-larval juvenile fish, with many of the species targeted by recreational fishers found

in macroalgal habitats over several years (Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson

et al. 2014), though little is known about the contribution of macroalgae to the food webs

of these fish and its significance to their diets.

3.2.2 Sampling Fish in Macroalgal Beds

Juvenile and subadult fish were targeted for dietary studies, from lagoon areas of the

Ningaloo Marine Park (NMP), over one week periods in summer (February) and winter

(July), 2015. Fish species were selected based on their importance to ecological processes

within the lagoon (Naso fageni, Siganus fuscescens), their importance to the recreational

fishery (Choerodon rubescens, Lethrinus nebulosus, Lutjanus spp.) and their abundance

at the time of sampling (Lethrinus atkinsoni, Parupeneus barberinoides, Parupeneus

spilurus). All fieldwork was undertaken south of Coral Bay, Western Australia

(Figure 3.1), under Murdoch University ethics permit (RW2748/15), Western Australian

Department of Fisheries permit (Exemption No. 2548), and Department of Parks and

Wildlife (DPaW) permits (SF010284, CE004784, SW016903).

The macroalgal beds were dominated by Sargassum spp. in February, but had more of an

even mix of Lobophora spp., Dictyota spp., and Dictyopteris spp. in July (Fulton et al.

2014). Sample sites were located within the lagoon, at a depth of 1-5 m, and were

protected from oceanic swells. They were selected based on previous knowledge of

Page 49: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

49

abundant fish biomass from DPaW researchers or from surveys undertaken with a manta-

board towed at low speed (<4 km.h-1) behind a small boat.

Immature fish were collected from well-defined macroalgal patches, where possible, and

sampling took place between 10:00 and 16:00, the period when grazing activity is at its

peak (Michael et al. 2013). Fish were caught using monofilament nylon fence nets (7 m

long, 1.5 m high, 6 mm stretched mesh size) deployed by SCUBA divers, who then herded

the targeted fish into the fence net and caught them with a hand-held scoop net. In the

July sampling period, fish larger than approximately 150 mm were caught using either a

small spear gun, taking care not to damage gut contents, or by line fishing using scented

plastic lures on monofilament trace, which could not confound gut contents analysis if

the fish swallowed the lure. In July, some carnivorous fish species (Lutjanus fulviflamma,

Lutjanus quinquelineatus) were caught from isolated coral outcrops (bombies) within

macroalgal beds. Lethrinus nebulosus were difficult to find on macroalgal beds while

diving in July, so rod and line fishing with plastic lures while drifting over macroalgal

habitat was used to collect this species. After capture, fish were placed in an ice slurry

and euthanased to prevent decomposition of the fish and their gut contents. All samples

were frozen at -20°C on returning to shore, and kept frozen until fish were processed and

guts were removed.

Fish were identified in the field, where possible (Allen and Swainston 1988; Allen 2009),

before colours faded after death. Otherwise fish were identified in the laboratory when

they were processed using either: identification sources relevant to species found in the

lagoon (Sainsbury et al. 1984; Russ and Williams 1994; Wilson 1998), resources at the

Western Australian Museum (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2001a; Food and

Agriculture Organisation 2001b; Moore, WAM, pers. comm.), or with genetic barcoding

for the most cryptic individuals (Wakefield, DoF, pers. comm.).

Page 50: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

50

3.2.3 Fish Processing

Total length (LT) and fork length (LF) were measured for each fish to the nearest mm.

Wet weight and carcass weight were recorded to the nearest 10 mg. Carcass weight was

recorded after all organs posterior of the gills were removed for gut contents analysis.

Care was taken to process the fish quickly so that the guts could be returned to the freezer

quickly to minimise decomposition of their contents. All measurement and dissection

tools were sterilised in an ethanol solution (70%) and rinsed with distilled water between

individual fish to prevent contamination of subsequent samples. For fish that required

genetic barcoding, a section of flesh anterior to the caudal fin was taken using tools

sterilised in bleach then an ethanol solution between each individual fish. Fish were

classified according to length at maturity (LM) for the target species if the information

was available (Ebisawa 1999; Grandcourt et al. 2007; Marriott et al. 2010; Froese and

Pauly 2015), otherwise data were used for fish from the same genus or Family that have

a similar total length. Fish that with a LT smaller than 50% of LM were classified as

juveniles, while fish with a LT larger than 50% of LM but smaller than LM were classified

as subadults.

3.2.4 Gut Contents Analyses

The stomach, or foregut where the pyloric sphincter was indistinguishable (Rust 2002;

Barton 2007; Bone and Moore 2008), was separated from the visceral organs and assessed

for its fullness using a scale of 0 (empty) to 10 (full). Gut contents were spread evenly

over a petri dish that was scored into a 4 mm x 4 mm grid. Photographs were taken of all

guts before dissection for later cross-reference for gut fullness. Gut contents were also

photographed for later verification if necessary.

Gut contents were classified into broad dietary categories: algae, invertebrate, vertebrate,

sediment, detritus and unidentified (Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003), at 10- to 40-X

Page 51: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

51

magnification. Algae were classified according to phyla (Huisman 2000) and macroalgal

growth form (filamentous, encrusting, foliose, thallate, Sargassum; Table 3.1) according

to descriptions published in Steneck and Dethier (1994) and Choat et al. (2002).

Invertebrates were identified through morphometric features to Order where possible

(Barnes et al. 1993; Jones and Morgan 1994; Ruppert et al. 2004), though unidentified

crustaceans were classified as Malacostraca. Teleosts were identified from persistent

body parts (scales, fin rays). Digested matter and unidentifiable organisms were classified

as detritus and small coral fragments were considered to be part of the sediment.

Table 3.1 Broad dietary categories and their classification for statistical analyses and functional groups for an

ecosystem model, for fish sampled south of Coral Bay, 2015.

Gut Contents Categories Description EwE Functional

Groups (Ch. 4)

Filamentous algae Small fibrous algae (see Fig. 1 in Steneck and

Dethier 1994; Choat et al. 2002)

Non-fleshy

macroalgae

Encrusting algae See Fig. 1 in Steneck & Dethier (1994)

Foliose algae

Small, less structurally complex species (often

sheet-like) (see Fig. 1 in Steneck and Dethier

1994; Choat et al. 2002)

Thallate macroalgae Large, structurally complex species (Choat et al

2002) (see Fig. 1 Steneck & Dethier 1994) Fleshy macroalgae

Sargassum Sargassum spp. Sargassum

Porifera Sponge fragments Sponge/Bryozoan

Bryozoa Colonial organisms

Zooplankton Eggs, diatoms Zooplankton

Nematoda/Nematomorpha Gut parasites Annelid/Nematode

Annelida Polychaeta, clitellata

Mollusca Gastropods, bivalva, polyplacophora Mollusc (exc

cephalopods)*

Mollusca Cephalopods Squid*

Octopus*

Echinodermata Ophiuroids and other sea stars Echinoderms

Crustacea

Copepod, cirripedia, ostracod, unidentified

malacostraca, anaspidaceae, stomatopod,

isopod, and amphipod groups (<1 mm)

Micro-crustaceans

Crustacea Decapods (1 - 4 mm) Meso-crustaceans

Teleostei Undigested fish parts (scales, rays) Teleosts

Detritus Unidentified digested organic matter Detritus

Unidentified Unidentified organisms

Cnidaria Small coral fragments Sediment

Sediment Sand, sediment

* Mollusc groups were retained as a single group for statistical analyses in this study and were only

separated for the ecosystem model (Ch.4)

The gut contents were spread to a uniform depth and relative abundance was quantified

by percent volume (% Vol) of gut (Hyslop 1980) and averaged for the species to

determine its feeding strategy for use in an ecosystem model (Ch. 4). The volumetric data

Page 52: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

52

were used to calculate prey specific abundance (Amundsen et al. 1996) and frequency of

occurrence (Hyslop 1980) for each species of fish to help determine niche width, feeding

strategy and prey importance for the species. Prey specific abundance (Pi) is the

proportion of the prey item only from guts containing the item (Eq. 3.1):

𝑃𝑆𝐴𝑖 = (∑ 𝑆𝑖

∑ 𝑆𝑡𝑖) ×100 (3.1)

where Pi is the prey-specific abundance of food item i, Si is the relative abundance of the

food item i, and Sti is the total stomach content only from consumers with the food item i

in their stomach (Amundsen et al. 1996). The frequency of occurrence (%FOi) is the

proportion of guts with the food item i (Eq. 3.2)

%𝐹𝑂𝑖 = (∑ 𝑁𝑖

∑ 𝑁) ×100 (3.2)

where Ni is the number of consumers with the food item i in their gut and N is the total

number of consumers with non-empty guts(Amundsen et al. 1996).

3.2.5 Importance of Dietary Items

Niche theory and niche width have long been used to describe the ecological position of

an organism in its ecosystem (Van Valen 1965; Pielou 1972; Vandermeer 1972). A

graphical analysis adapted from the Costello method (Figure 3.2; Costello 1990;

Amundsen et al. 1996) was used to determine niche width contribution (broad niche

width = high within phenotype contribution; narrow niche width = high between

phenotype contribution), feeding strategy (specialist vs. generalist) and prey importance

(dominant vs. rare in the diet) (Amundsen et al. 1996) for broad dietary categories and to

distinguish for these between individual fish and the population for each species.

The importance of prey items along the diagonal between the lower left (white shading)

and top right (darker blue shading) quadrants is represented by a non-linear function

Page 53: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

53

(emphasised by the dashed contours along that axis) of prey specific abundance (PSA)

and frequency of occurrence (FO) (Amundsen et al. 1996) (Figure 3.2). The feeding

strategy of the predator is indicated by the distribution of points along the y-axis, with

high values of prey specific abundance (PSA) indicating specialisation, and low values

of PSA representing generalisation. The individual versus population feeding strategy is

indicated by data-points in the upper left quadrant (high PSA, low FO) indicating

specialisation by the individual predator for the prey item, while data-points in the lower

right quadrant indicating generalisation by the population for the prey item (Amundsen

et al. 1996). Therefore, if an item is located in the upper left or lower right of the plot, it

can indicate the same contribution to a species’ diet (e.g. 5%), but represent very different

feeding strategies between an individual and the population (Amundsen et al. 1996).

Points in the upper right quadrant (high PSA and high FO above the diagonal) indicate

Figure 3.2 Interpretation of the graphical representation of prey specific

abundance (PSA) plotted against the frequency of occurrence (FO) for dietary

items. The distribution of dietary items within the plot helps to determine niche

width, feeding strategy, and prey importance. Adapted from the Costello

method (Costello 1990; Amundsen et al. 1996).

Prey

Impo

rtance co

nto

urs (%

)

75

50

25

5

Page 54: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

54

specialisation by the population and should be limited to few points (Amundsen et al.

1996), representing narrow niche width. All points in the lower left quadrant (low PSA

and low FO below the diagonal) represent broad niche for the population (Amundsen et

al. 1996).

3.2.6 Statistical Analysis

The similarity in gut contents among species and months were analysed using Primer

(v. 6; Clarke and Warwick 2001). Sediment categories, unidentified organisms, digested

organic matter and all samples with zero gut contents (n = 23) were removed from the

dataset for analyses. Dietary items (variables) were grouped together according to broad

dietary categories (Table 3.1) used in an Ecopath with Ecosim (EwE) model (Ch. 4),

except for cephalopod groups (squid and octopus) that were retained in the mollusc

category. Data were standardised to calculate the relative abundance (the proportion in

the gut) for each dietary category rather than an absolute abundance (volumetric

measure), then square root transformed. These data pre-treatments reduce the influence

of abundant or consistently occurring species on the results (Clarke 1993).

Bray-Curtis similarity (Clarke 1993) was used to construct resemblance matrices for: all

species (as a group), the species that were present in both seasons (as a group), and each

individual species (as individual species). Non-metric multi-dimensional scaling plots

(nMDS), dendrograms (CLUSTER), analysis of similarity (ANOSIM) tests, and

similarity percentages (SIMPER) analyses (Clarke 1993) were used to assess the data for

similarities, differences and patterns within and between seasons and species. Bray-Curtis

similarity was used for all similarity analyses. Two-way ANOSIM analyses (crossed with

replicates) were used to determine whether there were differences in diets between

species and seasons. When significant differences were found, one-way ANOSIMs were

used to help interpret the differences. Where data were averaged within species, the

Page 55: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

55

arithmetic average was used rather than distance among centroids (Lek et al. 2011).

Primer (v. 7; (Clarke, Gorley, et al. 2014) was used to construct a shade plot (Clarke,

Tweedley, et al. 2014) for broad dietary groups in the species that were present in both

seasons.

3.3 Results

3.3.1 Annual Dietary Composition

A total of 181 fish were collected during this study, 85 in February, 2015 and 96 in July,

2015. Ten species were collected in February: three Lethrinidae, three Mullidae and one

in the Acanthuridae, Labridae, Lutjanidae and Siganidae (Table 3.2). The total lengths

(LT) for all fish caught in February ranged from 22-93 mm with an average LT (±1 S.E.)

of 47.6 ± 1.33 mm and had an average wet weight of 2.2 ± 0.23 g (Table 3.2). Seven

species were collected in July: two Lethrinidae, two Mullidae, and one in the

Acanthuridae, Lutjanidae and Siganidae (Table 3.2). The mean lengths of all fish caught

in July (LT range = 22-93 mm, mean = 47.6 ± 1.33 mm) were 3-times longer than the

mean in February (LT range = 53-364 mm, mean = 168.8 ± 7.77 mm). The average wet

weight of all fish caught in July (114.2 ± 13.54 g) was much heavier than in February

(Table 3.2). Note that sample sizes for some individual species were small and not all

species were caught in both seasons (Table 3.2).

All fish caught in February were juveniles, compared with July, where 35.4% were

juveniles and 47.9% were subadults; the remainder (16.7%) were adults. A one-way

ANOSIM test showed that, for each species, the gut composition did not differ

significantly (Global R = 0.054, p = 0.204) between fish larger than the LM and the

juvenile/subadult fish in July. Gut contents from all fish were therefore included in the

analyses.

Page 56: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

56

Table 3.2 The numbers, average weight, average lengths and length ranges of fish species collected south of Coral Bay

in February and July, 2015, that were used for gut contents analysis. S.E. = 1 standard error.

Of the 181 fish caught, 175 were analysed for gut contents, with 164 (93.7% of guts

analysed) having contents (Table 3.3). Four S. fuscescens from February were not used

as their gut contents were used in developing the methodology, and two P. spilurus from

July were not analysed as they were damaged during collection.

The gut contents of all Lethrinus species were dominated by annelids and digested organic

matter with teleosts, crustaceans and molluscs making up other principal groups (Table

3.3). The annelid component was dominated by polychaete worms for all Lethrinus

species; however, the mollusc and crustacean categories differed between species.

Cephalopods were the dominant item for molluscs in L. atkinsoni (LeA, n = 27) guts,

while gastropods dominated the mollusc component in L. nebulosus (LeN, n = 25) guts:

L. genivittatus (LeG, n = 2) guts contained no mollusc component. Decapods dominated

Species

Total

Caught

Average Wet

Weight (g)

Average Total

Length (mm)

Length Range

(mm)

Feb Jul Feb

(S.E.)

Jul

(S.E.)

Feb

(S.E.)

Jul

(S.E.) Feb Jul

Choerodon

rubescens 1 -

9.75

(-) -

73

(-) - 73 -

Lethrinus

atkinsoni 6 22

1.34

(0.36)

31.59

(11.14)

38.17

(4.75)

108.73

(7.77) 22-56 54-251

Lethrinus

genivittatus 2 -

1.15

(0.51) -

40.5

(6.5) - 34-37 -

Lethrinus

nebulosus 18 12

2.06

(0.18)

324.80

(49.08)

47.89

(1.89)

278.83

(17.82) 23-57 161-364

Lutjanus

fulviflamma - 8 -

186.93

(16.69) -

218.50

(7.01) - 194-249

Lutjanus

quinquelineatus 6 -

2.46

(0.58) -

48.83

(4.42) - 31-61 -

Naso fageni 10 4 2.24

(0.22)

31.86

(2.29)

43.60

(1.40)

123.00

(3.51) 38-53 116-130

Parupeneus

barberinoides 8 16

1.42

(0.44)

7.59

(1.39)

45.25

(3.26)

78.88

(4.49) 39-67 53-116

Parupeneus

spilurus 8 27

3.89

(1.73)

141.76

(21.48)

56.25

(8.08)

205.56

(8.06) 38-93 154-330

Siganus

fuscescens 15 7

1.63

(0.11)

114.69

(7.33)

46.55

(1.04)

202.43

(5.46) 41-53 183-219

Upeneus sp. 11 - 2.09

(0.70) -

50.73

(4.57) - 38-84 -

Grand Total 85 96 2.19

(0.23)

114.24

(13.54)

47.60

(1.33)

168.82

(7.77) 22-93 53-364

Page 57: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

57

the guts of both LeA and LeN, while amphipods dominated the guts of LeG. The guts of

LeA and LeN had small amounts of algal material (<1%) that were not present in LeG

guts (Table 3.3).

The gut contents of Lutjanus fulviflamma (LuF, n = 7) were characterised by crustaceans

(42.0%) and teleosts (36.7%), while L. quinquelineatus (LuQ, n = 4) had mainly

unidentifiable digested organic matter (45.3%), annelids (27.1%) and crustaceans

(18.8%) (Table 3.3). Decapods were the sole component of crustaceans in LuF guts, while

stomatopods were the sole component of LuQ guts. Clitellata items were the only annelid

component in the guts of LuQ, which were the only species analysed that had a larger

proportion of clitellata than polychaetes. The dominant item in the C. rubescens (CR, n =

1) gut was molluscs (74.1%), made up primarily of bivalves, with the remainder

consisting of unidentifiable digested organic matter (25.9%) (Table 3.3).

Crustaceans were the dominant items for the goat fishes P. barberinoides (PB, n = 24),

P. spilurus (PS, n = 33) and Upeneus species (Usp, n = 10), though the composition of

crustaceans in guts varied among the three fish species (Table 3.3). The various

microscopic crustacean groups (<1 mm; hereafter referred to as micro-crustaceans) made

up 94.8% and 65.2% of the crustacean total in Usp. and PB, respectively, with amphipods

dominating Usp guts and the combined amphipod and unidentified malacostracan volume

making up 51.8% of the crustacean total in PB. Small decapods (1 - 4 mm; hereafter

referred to as meso-crustaceans) made up 55.5% of the crustacean total in PS and were

the largest individual group in PB guts (Table 3.3).

Naso fageni (NF, n = 13) guts contained mainly filamentous (45.0%), thallate (32.2%)

and foliose (7.8%) algae, though there were also small amounts of fish scales (4.7%),

crustaceans (0.04%) and annelids (0.04%) present (Table 3.3). Rhodophytes and phaeo-

Page 58: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

58

Table 3.3 Average volumetric diet contents (with standard error of the mean) for 11 species of fish caught in February and July (2015) from macroalgal beds in the Ningaloo Reef lagoon, south of Coral Bay, Western Australia. Bold type is the sum of small font groups beneath it (if applicable). Standard error of the mean (SEM) was only calculated for individual dietary groups where n >1, not summed groups. Percentage of guts analysed that had

contents ranged from 66.7% (LuQ) to 100% (CR, LeG, PB, PS, SF). Fish codes are Choerodon rubescens = CR; Lethrinus atkinsoni = LeA; Lethrinus genivittatus = LeG; Lethrinus nebulosus = LeN; Lutjanus fulviflamma =

LuF; Lutjanus quinquelineatus = LuQ; Naso fageni = NF; Parupeneus barberinoides = PB; Parupeneus spilurus = PS; Siganus fuscescens = SF; Upeneus species = Usp.

Fish Species CR LeA LeG LeN LuF LuQ NF PB PS SF Usp

# Analysed (% non-empty) 1 (100) 28 (96.4) 2 (100) 30 (83.3) 8 (87.5) 6 (66.7) 14 (92.9) 24 (100) 33 (100) 18 (100) 11 (90.9) Avg Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM Avg SEM

Filamentous algae 0 0.05 0.05 0 0 0 0 1.43 1.43 0 0 44.98 5.09 0 0 0 0 29.49 4.60 0 0

Encrusting algae 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.52 0 Phaeophyta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.07 0.07 0 0

Chlorophyta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.45 0.27 0 0

Rhodophyta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Foliose algae 0 0.03 0 0 0 0 7.84 0 0 3.67 0 Phaeophyta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.25 0.14 0 0

Chlorophyta 0 0.03 0.02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7.47 3.68 0 0 0 0 1.59 1.28 0 0

Rhodophyta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.37 0.31 0 0 0 0 1.83 0.79 0 0

Thallate macroalgae 0 0.42 0 0.04 0.82 0 32.21 0 0.06 29.16 0 Phaeophyta 0 0.37 0.36 0 0 0.04 0.04 0 0 0 0 13.04 3.97 0 0 0.05 0.05 22.16 5.81 0 0

Chlorophyta 0 0.05 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.48 0.25 0 0 0.01 0.01 3.01 0.92 0 0

Rhodophyta 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.82 0.82 0 0 18.69 4.94 0 0 0 0 4.00 1.12 0 0

Sargassum 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0.02 0 0 0 0 3.06 1.78 0 0 0 0 20.56 5.56 0 0

Porifera 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0.02 0 0

Bryozoa 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0 2.01 1.17 0 0 0 0 2.21 1.08 0 0

Zooplankton 0 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.19 0.13 0 0 6.00 6.00

Nematoda 0 0.34 0.34 0 0 2.04 2.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.09 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.25 0.16 0.08 0.08

Annelida 0 23.32 54.92 30.75 0 27.08 0.04 1.50 6.76 0 0 Polychaeta 0 22.40 6.65 54.92 37.68 26.83 7.56 0 0 0 0 0.04 0.04 1.50 1.50 6.65 3.02 0 0 0 0

Clitellata 0 0.93 0.93 0 0 3.92 3.25 0 0 27.08 24.38 0 0 0 0 0.12 0.08 0 0 0 0

Mollusca 74.14 2.72 0 15.43 0 0 0 0.18 0.72 0.11 0 Polyplacophora 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.17 0.17 0 0 0 0

Gastropoda 5.17 0 0 0 0 10.01 5.77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.32 0.13 0.06 0.03 0 0

Bivalva 68.97 0.40 0.40 0 0 4.92 2.48 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.18 0.18 0.23 0.15 0.03 0.03 0 0

Cephalopoda 0 2.32 2.22 0 0 0.50 0.46 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0.00 0.02 0.01 0 0

Echinodermata 0 1.21 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 4.11 0 0 Ophiuroidea 0 1.21 1.21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.10 1.61 0 0 0 0

spp. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.08 0.05 0.01 0.01 0 0 0 0

Crustacea 0 12.04 8.75 8.43 42.00 18.75 0.04 87.73 66.10 0.22 76.45 Copepoda 0 0 0 0 0 0.04 0.04 0 0 0 0 0.02 0.02 3.06 1.06 1.05 0.95 0 0 0.72 0.48

Cirripedia 0 0 0 0 0 0.21 0.21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.90 0.56 0.08 0.06 0 0 0.14 0.14

Ostracoda 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0.02 0.35 0.14 0.06 0.03 0 0 0 0

Malacostraca 0 12.04 8.75 8.18 42.00 18.75 0.01 83.42 64.92 0.22 75.59

Malacostraca (unidentified) 0 2.00 1.85 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25.40 3.99 14.17 3.94 0 0 12.07 7.26

Anaspidacea 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.50 0.50 0 0 0 0 0 0

Stomatopoda 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18.75 18.75 0 0 4.13 2.15 0.56 0.47 0 0 2.98 2.04

Isopoda 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.00 1.15 0.38 0.37 0 0 0 0

Amphipoda 0 0.74 0.74 8.75 5.04 1.07 1.03 0 0 0 0 0.01 0.01 20.85 5.09 13.12 4.57 0.16 0.12 56.54 11.81

Decapoda 0 9.30 3.78 0 0 7.11 4.34 42.00 16.96 0 0 0 0 30.54 6.38 36.68 5.00 0.05 0.04 4.00 4.00

Teleost-scales/rays 0 15.75 4.82 0 0 0.15 0.15 36.70 13.96 3.29 3.29 4.69 3.30 1.56 1.56 1.54 0.90 0 0 0 0

Digested organic matter 25.86 35.71 7.34 34.48 34.48 26.87 7.43 4.76 4.76 45.33 21.67 4.30 2.18 2.70 1.88 2.91 1.10 11.52 3.37 4.90 3.33

Sediment 0 0.80 1.85 6.97 0 0 0.71 5.27 17.15 2.10 12.57 Sediment 0 0.79 0.41 1.85 1.85 6.97 3.31 0 0 0 0 0.71 0.25 5.26 1.47 17.01 3.12 2.10 0.72 12.57 5.34

Cnidaria 0 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.01 0.01 0.14 0.06 0.01 0.01 0 0

Unidentified 0 7.60 4.09 0 0 9.27 5.53 14.29 14.29 5.55 3.46 0.13 0.10 0.89 0.59 0.43 0.27 0.15 0.15 0 0

Page 59: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

59

phytes dominated the thallate algae component of NF guts, and chlorophytes made up the

majority of the foliose component. Algal groups (filamentous = 29.5%, thallate = 29.2%,

Sargassum = 20.6%) were also the principal items in S. fuscescens (SF, n = 18) guts, with

phaeophytes dominating thallate component (Table 3.3).

3.3.2 Seasonal Dietary Composition

Temporal Differences

The gut composition differed significantly between species across seasons (Global R = 0.61, p

≤ 0.001; Table 3.4), and between each pair of species, except for between the two mullids,

P. barberinoides and P. spilurus (R = 0.010, p ≤ 0.360). The largest difference (greatest R

value) was between N. fageni and P. barberinoides, while the smallest significant difference

was the two herbivorous species, N. fageni and S. fuscescens.

Table 3.4 R-statistics and p-values (in parentheses) derived from two-way crossed species x month ANOSIM

analysis testing for differences between 6 fish species from macroalgal fields south of Coral Bay, sampled in both

February and July, 2015. Bold values indicate no significant difference.

Species: Global R = 0.608, p ≤ 0.001

Month: Global R = 0.352, p ≤ 0.001

S. fuscescens P. spilurus P. barberinoides N. fageni L. nebulosus

L. atkinsoni 0.633 (0.001) 0.508 (0.001) 0.524 (0.001) 0.457 (0.003) 0.257 (0.001)

L. nebulosus 0.930 (0.001) 0.770 (0.001) 0.908 (0.001) 0.948 (0.001)

N. fageni 0.130 (0.038) 0.981 (0.001) 1.000 (0.001)

P. barberinoides 0.994 (0.001) 0.010 (0.360)

P. spilurus 0.974 (0.001)

Interspecific Differences

There were significant differences in dietary compositions between February and July for 5 of

the 6 species, except for L. atkinsoni, which had a similar diet in both seasons (R = 0.031, p ≤

0.395; central diagonal Table 3.5). The diets differed significantly among species in February

(Global R = 0.777, p ≤ 0.001; lower left section Table 3.5) and between all except two pairwise

comparisons: L. atkinsoni and L. nebulosus (R = -0.230, p ≤ 0.927), and N. fageni and

S. fuscescens (R = 0.001, p ≤ 0.405). In July, the composition of gut contents differed

Page 60: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

60

significantly among species (Global R = 0.551, p ≤ 0.001; upper right section Table 3.5), and

for all pairwise comparisons except P. spilurus and P. barberinoides (R = -0.010, p ≤ 0.497).

Table 3.5 R-statistics and p-values (in parentheses) derived from one-way ANOSIM analyses testing for differences

between 6 fish species sampled from macroalgal fields south of Coral Bay within February (lower left) and July (upper

right), 2015. Values in the dark grey diagonal show the Global R statistics and p- values (in parentheses) derived from

one-way ANOSIM analyses testing for differences between February and July, 2015 for each species. Bold values

indicate no significant difference.

February: Global R = 0.777, p ≤ 0.001

July: Global R = 0.551, p ≤ 0.001

L. atkinsoni L. nebulosus N. fageni P. barberinoides P. spilurus S. fuscescens

L. atkinsoni 0.031

(0.395)

0.431

(0.003)

0.345

(0.021)

0.469

(0.001)

0.498

(0.001)

0.529

(0.001)

L. nebulosus -0.230

(0.917)

0.633

(0.002)

0.746

(0.003)

0.871

(0.001)

0.791

(0.001)

0.743

(0.001)

N. fageni 1.000

(0.001)

1.000

(0.001)

0.571

(0.003)

1.000

(0.002)

0.978

(0.001)

0.574

(0.009)

P. barberinoides 1.000

(0.002)

0.970

(0.001)

1.000

(0.001)

0.643

(0.001) -0.010

(0.497)

1.000

(0.001)

P. spilurus 0.654

(0.002)

0.683

(0.001)

1.000

(0.001)

0.175

(0.015)

0.273

(0.003)

0.973

(0.001)

S. fuscescens 0.984

(0.001)

0.991

(0.001) 0.001

(0.405)

0.983

(0.001)

0.980

(0.001)

0.585

(0.001)

In February, L. atkinsoni guts had only 3 dietary groups compared to 11 in July. After

removing digested organic matter and sediment from the data, the composition changed from

one dominated by annelid (95.4%) groups in February to a relatively even mix of teleosts

(34.9%) and annelids (28.2%) in July (Figure 3.3). However, these differences were not

significant (R = 0.031; p ≤ 0.39). The L. nebulosus diet changed significantly between seasons

(R = 0.633; p ≤ 0.005). Annelid composition declined from 43.7% in February to 13.4% in

July, with larger contributions from molluscs (29.8%), meso-crustaceans (10.3%), fleshy

macroalgae (6.7%) and sediment (17.4%) groups in July (Figure 3.3).

The dietary composition of P. barberinoides differed significantly between February and July

(R = 0.643; p ≤ 0.001), changing from one dominated by micro-crustaceans in February (70%

by volume), to roughly equal contributions from meso- (45.8%) and micro-crustaceans (47.3%)

in July (Figure 3.3). The diet of P. spilurus also changed significantly between months (R =

0.273; p ≤ 0.005). The combined proportion of micro- and meso-crustaceans was similar

between February (60.1%) and July (66.9%) samples; however, the relative contribution

Page 61: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

61

changed from being micro-crustacean dominated (78.1% of crustaceans) in the February cohort

to meso-crustacean dominated (65.2% of crustaceans) in July (Figure 3.3).

Primary producers dominated the gut contents of N. fageni in both February (92.0%) and July

(74.0%); however, a large proportion of teleost scales (15.9%) was also found in the July guts

(Figure 3.3). The magnitude of difference between months was relatively large (R = 0.571; p

≤ 0.005). Although the proportion of primary producer material in the guts of S. fuscescens was

very similar in February (86.3%) and July (85.4%), the percent contribution of individual

groups changed markedly (Figure 3.3). The volume of fleshy macroalgae decreased from

41.5% to 7.4%, while that of Sargassum increased from 4.4% to 47.4% (Figure 3.3), resulting

in a small, significant difference between seasons (R = 0.273; p ≤ 0.005).

Figure 3.3 Seasonal variation in volumetric gut contents of broad dietary categories for

juvenile and subadult fishes from the Ningaloo Reef lagoon, south of Coral Bay, 2015. The

x-axis is categorised by number of guts that had contents (n) for each month of sampling for each species. Species code is the same as Table 3.1.

CLUSTER analyses applied to a nMDS plot were used to organise the six species that were

sampled in both February and July into guilds based on an ordination of their gut contents

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

1 0 6 21 2 0 16 9 4 7 9 4 8 16 8 25 11 7 10 0

Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul Feb Jul

CR LeA LeG LeN LuQ LuF NF PB PS SF Usp

Gu

t co

nte

nt

rela

tive

ab

un

dan

ce (

%V

ol)

Number of guts analysed per sample month per species

Non-fleshy algae

Fleshy macroalgae

Sargassum

Sponge/Bryozoan

Zooplankton

Annelid/Nematode

Echinoderm

Mollusc

Cephalopod

Micro-crustacean

Meso-crustacean

Teleost

Sediment

Digested OMn

Month

Species

Page 62: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

62

(Figure 3.4). The analysis, based on the composition of individual guts, clearly shows the

separation between the herbivorous species (NF and SF) and the other two groups, which were

also very distinct, with relatively few overlapping samples (Figure 3.4): this is emphasised by

the ordination of averaged data for each species in both months showing three major groups

(inset of Figure 3.4). The mullidae species (PB, PS) were grouped as a zoobenthivorous guild

in the lower left, the Lethrinus species (LeA, LeN) were grouped together as a carnivorous

guild (top left) distinct to the mullids, and N. fageni (NF) and S. fuscescens (SF) were grouped

into a herbivorous guild (lower right; Figure 3.4). The Lutjanid species that were only sampled

in one season were excluded from this analysis, but were grouped together as a carnivorous

guild based on the gut contents composition (Figure 3.3).

Figure 3.5 illustrates the similarity in relative dietary composition among the three guilds

identified in Figure 3.4. The three pairs of species that had no significant difference in their

diets (N. fageni/S. fuscescens and L. atkinsoni/L. nebulosus in February, and P.

Figure 3.4 nMDS ordination plot of the individual standardised and transformed (main figure) and arithmetic

average (inset) for volumetric gut contents of six species of fish that were sampled in both February and July,

2015. February samples of L. atkinsoni (LeA) are positioned behind July samples, and so are hidden. Averaged

data is grouped according to CLUSTER analysis (based on Bray-Curtis similarity) at 30% similarity.

Page 63: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

63

barberinoides/P. spilurus in July) had very similar relative gut contents, as shown by the depth

of shading, especially for the dominant dietary categories. The similarity is reflected in the

branching of the dendrogram along the top axis (Figure 3.5).

Fleshy macroalgae and non-fleshy algae were common in the guts of three of the herbivorous

groups (N. fageni from both months, and S. fuscescens from February) with the relative volume

of Sargassum being the main difference for S. fuscescens in July (Figure 3.5). Annelids were

abundant in the gut composition of Lethrinus species in February, while in July, teleosts were

abundant in L. atkinsoni and molluscs in L. nebulosus. The two crustacean groups were most

abundant in three of the Parupeneus groups (P. barberinoides in July and P. spilurus from both

months), while micro-crustaceans were the only important group for P. barberinoides in

February (Figure 3.5).

Figure 3.5 Shade plot showing, by depth of shading, relative abundance of volumetric gut composition for six

fish species sampled in both February (hollow symbols and red cross) and July (solid symbols and red

asterisk), 2015. The dendrograms used CLUSTER analysis based on Bray-Curtis similarity. The species:

L. atkinsoni (LeA), L. nebulosus (LeN), N. fageni (NF), P. barberinoides (PB), P. spilurus (PS), and

S. fuscescens (SF), have been reordered from the original seriated Primer output to position the same species

over different seasons next to each other.

Page 64: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

64

3.3.3 Analysis of Prey Specific Abundance and Frequency of Occurrence

Lethrinid species

Analysis of the Lethrinid species plots (Figure 3.6a-b) shows that annelids were an important

(50 - 75% on the nonlinear scale; Figure 3.2), specialised prey item in February (hollow

symbols), making up about 80% of the relative abundance in 66% of the L. atkinsoni guts

(Figure 3.6a) and more than 50% of the relative abundance of 75% of the L. nebulosus guts

(Figure 3.6b). The importance of annelids in Lethrinid diets decreased in July (10 - 25%, filled

symbols), and more dietary items, with smaller relative abundance, were present in fewer fish,

indicating a more generalist feeding strategy and broader niche width.

Meso-crustaceans (1-4 mm decapods) had a low importance (≈ 10%) to individuals of both

L. nebulosus and fish L. atkinsoni sampled in February (Figure 3.6a-b). Zooplankton, molluscs,

micro-crustaceans, teleosts and sediment made up a very low abundance of a small proportion

of L. nebulosus individuals indicating a low importance (< 5%) for the species in February

(Figure 3.6b). Algal groups were present in the guts of a small proportion of individuals

sampled in July, but were not present in any guts from February and were not important to the

diet (< 5%) of either species (Figure 3.6a-b).

In July, both species had a broad niche width, with all organic categories (exc. digested organic

matter and sediment) falling on or below the diagonal between the upper left and lower right

quadrants (Figure 3.6a-b). In L. nebulosus diets, meso-crustaceans were a highly specialised

prey item (high PSA, low FO) for individuals sampled in July (in contrast to L. atkinsoni),

indicating high between phenotype contribution, while the low PSA and high FO for molluscs

in the July cohort indicates high within phenotype contribution.

Page 65: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

65

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

Pre

y Sp

ecif

ic A

bu

nd

ance

Frequency of Occurrence

Non-fleshy algae

Fleshy macroalgae

Sargassum

Bryozoan/Sponge

Zooplankton

Mollusc

Micro-crustacean

Annelid

Echinoderm

Meso-crustacean

Teleost

Sediment

Digested OM

Figure 3.6 Abundance of 13 dietary categories for 8 fish species, grouped by broad feeding groups used in the Ecopath

with Ecosim model (Chapter 4). Fish species include: Lethrinid species: a) Lethrinus atkinsoni, (nFeb = 6; nJul = 21),

b) Lethrinus nebulosus (nFeb = 16; nJul = 9); carnivorous species: c) Lutjanus quinquelineatus (nFeb = 4), d) Lutjanus

fulviflamma (nJul = 7); zoobenthivorous species: e) Parupeneus barberinoides (nFeb = 8; nJul = 16), f) Parupeneus

spilurus (nFeb = 8; nJul = 25); herbivorous species: g) Naso fageni (nFeb = 9; nJul = 4), h) Siganus fuscescens (nFeb = 11;

nJul = 7). Prey specific abundance is the proportion of the dietary category, only from guts that contained the dietary

category. Frequency of occurrence is the proportion of the dietary item in guts that were not empty (adapted from Amundsen et al. (1996)). Hollow and filled symbols indicate February and July data respectively.

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

Pre

y Sp

ecif

ic A

bu

nd

ance

(%

)a) L. atkinsoni

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

Pre

y Sp

ecif

ic A

bu

nd

ance

(%

)

c) L. quinquelineatus

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

d) L. fulviflamma

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

Pre

y Sp

ecif

ic A

bu

nd

ance

(%

)

e) P. barberinoides

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

f) P. spilurus

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

Pre

y Sp

ecif

ic A

bu

nd

ance

(%

)

Frequency of Occurrence

g) N. fageni

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1Frequency of Occurrence

h) S. fuscescens

b) L. nebulosus L

ethri

nid

spp

C

arniv

oro

us

spp

Z

ooben

thiv

oro

us

spp

H

erbiv

oro

us

spp

Page 66: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

66

Carnivorous species

Temporal comparison of the diet between carnivorous fish species (Figure 3.6c-d) is not

possible because both species were not caught in each month. L. quinquelineatus,

sampled in February, had a broad niche width (low PSA, low FO), with all values on the

lower left of the niche width contribution diagonal (Figure 3.6c). Individuals tended to be

generalist feeders of annelids and teleosts, though some individuals specialised on

consuming micro-crustaceans. The L. fulviflamma gut contents, sampled in July, showed

a narrow niche width for teleosts and meso-crustaceans with values for these groups in

the upper right quadrant (Figure 3.6d), indicating some specialisation in consuming these

groups. Algal groups were a rare item in the guts of some individuals and were not an

important component of the diet.

Zoobenthivorous species

Both zoobenthivorous species, P. barberinoides and P. spilurus, showed a generalist

feeding strategy over both the February and July samples (Figure 3.6e-f), with almost all

dietary categories falling in the two lower quadrants. Meso-crustaceans were the

dominant organic dietary category for both species; however, where its importance was

relatively consistent between months for P. barberinoides (≈ 50%; Figure 3.6e), it

increased in importance between February (≈ 25%) and July (≈ 50%) samples for P.

spilurus (Figure 3.6f).

In February, mollusc, annelid and teleost groups had similar importance (< 10%) to the

two species, though molluscs occurred in a larger proportion of guts in P. spilurus

juveniles (Figure 3.6f). The importance of annelids in P. barberinoides (< 10%; Figure

3.6e), and zooplankton, molluscs and teleosts in P. spilurus (< 5%; Figure 3.6f) didn’t

change between February and July, though there was an increase in the importance of

annelids for P. spilurus.

Page 67: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

67

Micro-crustaceans were not present in February gut samples, but were present in low PSA

(≤20%) with medium to high FO (0.65-1.0) for both species (Figure 3.6e-f). This showed

high within phenotype contribution for micro-crustaceans in July for both species. Other

dietary groups that were only present in the July samples were present in low PSA (<40%)

and low FO (<0.4), and were not important (< 5%) prey items. Algal groups did not

contribute to the diet of either species.

Herbivorous species

Both herbivorous species showed, largely, a generalist feeding strategy, with algal groups

being the most important dietary categories for both species (20 - 50%; Figure 3.6g-h).

The only exception to the generalist strategy was the importance of non-fleshy algae to

N. fageni juveniles (≈ 70%), with the group making up more than 65% of relative

abundance in 100% of the guts analysed (Figure 3.6g). The importance of non-fleshy

algae decreased between February and July for N. fageni; however, it was still the most

important dietary category in both months (Figure 3.6g).

The importance of fleshy macroalgae and Sargassum spp. to N. fageni remained constant

between months (< 10%), even though the frequency of occurrence of Sargassum spp.

increased from 10% of guts in February to more than 75% of guts in July (Figure 3.6g).

For S. fuscescens, the PSA and FO of Sargassum spp. in the diet increased from February

to July, increasing in importance from approximately 10% to over 40% (Figure 3.6h).

The FO of the other two algal groups also increased, however, the PSA decreased only

slightly, decreasing their importance (Figure 3.6h).

Apart from teleost fragments, which occurred in 75% of N. fageni in July (Figure 3.6g),

faunal groups were not an important component (<10%) to the diets of either species

(Figure 3.6g-h). However, there were mollusc and bryozoan/sponge groups present in low

PSA in 100% of the guts analysed for S. fuscescens in July (Figure 3.6h).

Page 68: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

68

3.4 Discussion

This study analysed the diets of eleven species of juvenile and subadult fish, collected

from macroalgal beds within the southern Ningaloo Marine Park (NMP) lagoon in

February and July, 2015 (Table 3.3). Gut contents analyses revealed that only two species

had largely herbivorous diets, while the other nine species displayed varying degrees of

carnivory on micro-crustaceans (<1 mm), meso-crustaceans (1-4 mm), annelids,

molluscs, or teleosts (Table 3.3).

Six species were caught in both sampling periods and multi-variate analyses revealed

three distinct species groupings based on their dietary composition (Figure 3.4). The

groups were: herbivorous fish (Naso fageni, Siganus fuscescens), characterised by fleshy

and non-fleshy algae in their guts; zoobenthivorous fish (Parupeneus barberinoides,

Parupeneus spilurus), characterised by micro- and meso-crustaceans in their guts; and

carnivorous fish (Lethrinus atkinsoni, Lethrinus nebulosus), characterised by annelids,

molluscs and teleosts in their guts (Figure 3.5).

Although sample sizes were not uniform among species, and were sometimes small, the

results have provided a basis for examining the degree of specialisation and generalisation

in the diets of these juvenile fishes, the importance of broad dietary categories to each

species of fish, and provided information to update the Ningaloo Ecopath with Ecosim

model.

3.4.1 Contribution of Macroalgae to Diets of Fish Species in the NMP Lagoon

Macroalgae are an important settlement habitat for post-larval fish in the Ningaloo Marine

Park lagoon (Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson et al. 2014); however, this

study infers that macroalgal species are an important component to the diets of nominally

herbivorous fish species, and are not a directly important component to the diets of the

Lethrinidae, Lutjanidae and Mullidae species that were analysed, some of which are

Page 69: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

69

targeted by recreational fishers in the NMP. Of the eleven species that were collected

from macroalgal beds south of Coral Bay in February and July, 2015, only two species

(the Acanthurid, Naso fageni, and the Siganid, Siganus fuscescens) had large volumes of

algal or macroalgal material in their guts (Table 3.3). While herbivorous species have

ecological roles within the NMP ecosystem (Vergés et al. 2011; Michael et al. 2013) and

are targeted as an important fishery in other regions of the world, such as the Caribbean

and throughout the Indo-Pacific (Lam 1974; Food and Agriculture Organisation 2001b),

they are not targeted by recreational fishers in the NMP (Fletcher and Santoro 2015).

Herbivorous species

Macroalgae, especially Sargassum spp., are an important component (≈50% of diet

composition;Table 3.3) to the diet of S. fuscescens in the NMP lagoon, south of Coral

Bay. Evidence from this study shows that there is an increase in the importance of

Sargassum species in the winter as S. fuscescens mature. This is the time when the

biomass of Sargassum in the lagoon declines compared with summer (Fulton et al. 2014).

The apparent increase in importance of Sargassum may be explained by changes in its

properties that make it more palatable as a food source to S. fuscescens in winter (e.g.

chemical (Boyer et al. 2004), physical, or epifaunal composition (Pennings et al. 2000)

of Sargassum spp., may change) because algal traits have been shown to explain more

variation in the impacts of herbivory than the identity of the consumer (Poore et al. 2012).

Another explanation could be that some fish increase herbivory with ontogeny, as the

length of their alimentary canal increases (Benavides et al. 1994a; Kramer and Bryant

1995). A third explanation for the apparent shift to Sargassum may be that it is not

represented in February gut samples because the algal fragments were too small to be

correctly identified, due to the small gape or bite size of the juvenile fish.

Page 70: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

70

It is likely that the difference between juvenile and adult diets was due to ontogenetic

changes, as a similar ontogenetic shift was evident for S. fuscescens in Green Island,

within the Great Barrier Reef (Pitt 1997). In this study, S. fuscescens gut contents from

February showed a high PSA and high FO for non-fleshy algae, indicating specialisation

at the population level (Figure 3.6h), analogous to Green Island, where the dominant

items in juvenile guts were easily digestible rhodophytes (Pitt 1997). The shift to

Sargassum in S. fuscescens diets in July is similar to the shift in diets from rhodophytes

to seagrass for the Green Island study. The trend to change from a specialised diet as

juveniles to a broader diet at larger body sizes was also evident in the Lethrinus species

(see below).

Although the rabbitfishes in the Siganidae are well known herbivores (Pitt 1997;

Grandcourt et al. 2007; Yamaguchi et al. 2010), the importance of algae in the diets of

S. fuscescens and Siganus canaliculatus, a synonymous/hybrid species (Kuriiwa et al.

2007; Hsu et al. 2011) appears to vary. Thus, in the current study, algal material

dominated the gut composition of S. fuscescens, while other studies have found that

S. canaliculatus diets consist of less than 5% macroalgal content (Wu 1984) and that it

may eat whatever is available to it (reviewed in Lam 1974; Wu 1984). Though several

individual S. fuscescens contained a quantity of nematode-like organisms in their guts in

July, this was assumed to be a parasitic organism and not a targeted prey item.

Studies based on gut contents analysis provide a snapshot of the diet at a particular time

and do not necessarily represent the longer-term dietary composition or indicate what

items are being assimilated (Chipps and Garvey 2007; Ashworth et al. 2014). Stable

isotope analysis, which measures the ratios of isotopes (e.g. 𝐶13 and 𝑁15 ) in tissues,

provides a means of assessing the sources of nutrition derived over longer time periods

(Vander Zanden and Rasmussen 2001; Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003). Used in

Page 71: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

71

conjunction with the gut contents analysis, it may help confirm whether the change in diet

between winter and summer was real, or a function of a snapshot of the day and small

sample sizes (Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003; Lugendo et al. 2006; Ashworth et al.

2014).

Little is known of the diet of the surgeon fish, Naso fageni, since it is a relatively minor

component of the herbivorous fish assemblage in coral reef ecosystems (Moore, Western

Australian Museum, pers. comm.). This study clearly shows that alga (non-fleshy algae,

fleshy macroalgae and Sargassum spp.) make an important contribution to the diet of

immature N. fageni, in both summer and winter, in lagoon areas of the NMP, south of

Coral Bay.

The small (<1%) amounts of crustaceans and annelids in the guts of N. fageni were likely

consumed incidentally with the algae that were eaten. Some faunal material was expected

in the guts of February samples of nominally herbivorous fish because it has been inferred

that juvenile fish target sources of protein to meet their high nitrogen requirements (White

2011; Day et al. 2011) or because the alimentary canal is not capable of digesting fleshy

macroalgae (Benavides et al. 1994b; Kramer and Bryant 1995). However, the presence

of fish scales in the guts of N. fageni from the July samples was unexpected. Naso fageni

have distinctively shaped scales (Moore, Western Australian Museum, pers. comm.),

different to the scales that were found in the guts of these fish. This indicates that the

presence of these scales was not the result of intra-species fighting, and may have been

due to consumption of other fish, or more probably, inter-species fighting over food

resources or protecting a home patch, similar to the territorial behaviour of many

Pomacentrid species (Clarke 1970; Low 1971).

Page 72: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

72

Carnivorous species

Annelids were a specialised prey item for both Lethrinus species in February, though their

importance decreased in July as more items were present in smaller relative abundance

(Figure 3.6a-b). This mirrored the trend for S. fuscescens juveniles to specialise on a

dietary item before broadening their diet as they grew and became capable of consuming

a larger variety of items (Figure 3.6g-h). This is described as “ontogenetic niche shift”,

where patterns in an organism’s resource use change as it grows (Werner and Gilliam

1984). The evidence of ontogenetic niche shift by L. nebulosus highlights the importance

of the macroalgal habitats for the juvenile stages (Kimirei et al. 2013).

Several species (L. atkinsoni, L. nebulosus, L. fulviflamma, P. spilurus) had small

amounts (< 2.5%;Table 3.3) of macroalgae in their guts, but it only occurred in winter

samples (Figure 3.6). Macroalgal beds provide structure for habitat to many cryptic

vertebrate and invertebrate organisms (Martin-Smith 1993; Peart 2004); including

molluscs, annelids, echinoderms and cryptic fish species (Everett 1994), many of which

are an important component of the diets of the species in this study (Figure 3.6). Many

predatory fish ingest their prey through suction or “gulping” (e.g. Lethrinidae,

Lutjanidae), and the macroalgae present in the guts of the species above were likely

consumed as an incidental component of their target diet (Ogden and Lobel 1978;

Nakamura et al. 2003). However, this still illustrates the importance of macroalgae to the

diets of these species, even if it wasn’t a direct food source, since it provides habitat for

cryptic species such as polychaete worms, ophiuroid brittle stars, molluscs and fish

(Everett 1994) that are an important component to the fishes’ diets. As mentioned

previously, it would be valuable to complement the results of the current study with stable

isotope analyses (Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003; Lugendo et al. 2006) to determine

whether the presence of algae was an incidental component of the diet or if it was more

important.

Page 73: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

73

3.4.2 Enhancing Knowledge of Food Webs in the NMP

The diets and biological characteristics of many fish species found within the lagoon areas

of the NMP are relatively unknown. Species such as L. quinquelineatus, N. fageni, P.

barberinoides, S. fuscescens and Upeneus spp. are neither iconic species, nor the target

of recreational or commercial fisheries in the NMP. They have not been the subject of

detailed research regarding diet, size at maturity, age and growth in this region. There is

also a dearth of information for juveniles of these species, though dietary studies have

been published on S. fuscescens in the Great Barrier Reef (Pitt 1997) and parts of Asia

(reviewed in Lam 1974), and L. atkinsoni in Japan (Nakamura et al. 2003).

While this study has helped increase the knowledge of juvenile diets of fish associated

with macroalgal beds within the NMP, it was only conducted over two, 1-week periods

in the summer and winter of 2015. The effect of seasonal or inter-annual changes in

variables such as sea temperature, algal growth, fish larvae recruitment, and consumption

by the fishes can not be inferred from this study. Several species that were anticipated to

be included in the study (e.g. Choerodon rubescens, Lethrinus miniatus, Lethrinus

variegatus) were not seen during the sampling periods, but are often target species for

recreational fishers (Ryan et al. 2015; Fletcher and Santoro 2015), and have been seen

during surveys of macroalgal beds (Wilson et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson et al.

2014). Collection of samples over different seasons in several years would have helped

overcome this, but was not possible with the temporal and budgetary constraints posed

by an Honours project.

The regurgitation of gut contents when fish are threatened can affect the results of dietary

studies (Bowman 1986). Regurgitation was not observed during this study and more than

90% of the individuals had stomachs with food items present for 8 of the 11 species in

Page 74: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

74

the current study (Table 3.3). This suggests that regurgitation was unlikely to influence

the results of this study.

3.4.3 Future Research

While this study has helped to improve the knowledge for juvenile life-stages of several

fish species within lagoon areas in the south of the NMP, several interesting questions

have come from its findings.

There are many more juveniles of species that are important for ecological processes or

fisheries in the region that weren’t present when sampling took place during this study.

Determining their trophic niche in the Ningaloo lagoon is the next step for increasing our

knowledge of the ecology of the NMP.

Macroalgae were an important component to the diets of the two juvenile herbivorous

fish species in July and herbivorous fish play a significant role in regulating the amount

of macroalgal biomass present in areas of the NMP (Johansson et al. 2010; Vergés et al.

2011; Michael et al. 2013). One species, S. fuscescens, is increasing its range as temperate

waters become warmer in Western Australia (Vergés et al. 2014; Wernberg et al. 2016),

the question arises whether they will have an impact on temperate macroalgal habitat in

those waters? The second species, N. fageni, contained a relatively large proportion of

fish scales in their guts in July. This raises the question of whether they consume fish as

part of their diet, or were these scales the result of patch protection behaviour similar to

the behaviour of many species of Pomacentrids?

Lastly, gut contents analysis shows only a snapshot of dietary composition over a short

time scale (Ashworth et al. 2014). Stable isotope analyses of juvenile and subadult life-

stages for these species will help to develop the findings of this research, and determine

the primary source of nutrition over seasons within the lagoon.

Page 75: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

75

3.5 Conclusion

This study has provided information to assess the contribution of macroalgae to the diets

of juvenile and subadult fish, of both iconic and cryptic species in the macroalgal beds of

the Ningaloo Reef lagoon. It has identified clear differences in feeding guilds found in

the macroalgal beds and separated Lethrinus species from zoobenthivorous and

carnivorous species to define guilds that can be used as functional groups for the

ecosystem model developed in Chapter 4. It has also identified that diet varies between

summer and winter when the macroalgal community composition changes, and fish attain

a size where they can broaden their trophic niche. Further work to increase the number of

fish sampled, complemented with stable isotope studies would enhance our understanding

of the significance of macroalgae to the food web and trophic flows in the Ningaloo Reef

lagoon.

Page 76: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

76

4. Modelling the Trophic Flows to Fish in the Macroalgal Beds of the

Ningaloo Reef Lagoon in North-Western Australia

4.1 Introduction

Ecosystem models are used for a variety of reasons, including providing managers and

researchers with information about the structure and functioning of a system, and

simulating dynamic processes that influence multiple functional groups in a system (Food

and Agriculture Organisation 2008). They are designed to help understand trophic flows,

assess uncertainty around policy decisions, to identify trade-offs between potential

management strategies, and can be used in the planning process to manage and protect

species (Food and Agriculture Organisation 2008; Evans et al. 2014; Thébaud et al.

2014).

Ecopath with Ecosim (EwE) has become one of the most widely used tools for modelling

ecosystem dynamics and fisheries (Coll et al. 2015). Its relative simplicity for novice

users, adaptability to various systems, and free access have resulted in more than 400

models being published worldwide (Christensen 2009; Colléter et al. 2013; Gartner et al.

2015). Ecopath is a static, mass-balanced model that parameterises the system for

dynamic, temporal simulations in Ecosim (Christensen 2009). Combined, EwE provides

the user with an understanding of the dynamics of the system and allows predictions to

be made about the impact of potential disturbances through simulation of different

scenarios.

Though EwE is widely used to understand ecosystem dynamics, a number of issues

should be considered when developing the model and interpreting the results from

simulating different scenarios. These include estimating values for the large number of

parameters in the model, parameterising the model in data-poor systems, verifying the

relevance of the model to the system, performing quality control over the data, keeping

the data up-to-date and inherent uncertainty in the predictions (Coll et al. 2015). Even so,

Page 77: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

77

the models can play an important role in understanding system function, interactions

between different components of the system, and can inform management decisions by

identifying knowledge gaps within a system (Beck et al. 2001; Dahlgren et al. 2006;

Loneragan et al. 2010; Fulton et al. 2011; Vergés et al. 2011; Lozano-Montes et al. 2012).

The primary aims of this chapter are to:

1. Revise the Ningaloo Ecopath model with data derived from a dietary study

that looked at the importance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile fishes from

the Ningaloo lagoon, and other data from the Ningaloo Marine Park since the

original model was developed;

2. Use the revised model to examine the trophic flows of macroalgae through the

system, and determine its importance to the ecosystem; and

3. Develop an Ecosim model to evaluate the consequences of various changes to

physical and biological drivers to the system. These drivers include an

increase in temperature and macroalgal productivity, and an increase in

fishing effort.

Based on these objectives, the hypotheses to be tested are:

H0: Macroalgae are a significant component of primary production in the system

and will have a positive influence on juvenile fish biomass.

H0: Extreme increases in fishing effort will have an impact on adult L. nebulosus

biomass

4.2 Methods

4.2.1 Ecopath Model

An Ecopath model (Coral Bay model) was constructed to describe the trophic flows from

macroalgal patches in the Ningaloo lagoon south of Coral Bay to fish species that are

Page 78: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

78

important to recreational fishers in the NMP. Ecosim was used to simulate several

scenarios where algal production increased or decreased according to expected outcomes

from external drivers (see section 4.2.3). The Coral Bay model is based on the CSIRO

developed, Ningaloo EwE ecosystem model (Fulton et al. 2011; Jones et al. 2011;

Lozano-Montes, CSIRO, pers.comm.), which was developed as part of the Ningaloo

Collaboration Cluster (Fulton et al. 2011). It covers 10,400 km2, extending from the east

coast of the Exmouth Gulf (21° 41.460’ S) in the north to between Warroora and Gnaraloo

stations (23° 33.420’ S) in the south, with the modelled area split 75:25 between marine

and terrestrial systems.

The geographic bounds of the model developed during this research cover 19.42 km2 of

the lagoon, bounded by the Maud Sanctuary Zone in the north, the Pelican Sanctuary

Zone in the south, the backreef to the west and the shoreline to the east (Figure 4.1). The

Coral Bay model was limited to the backreef and lagoon compared to the Ningaloo model

which includes the reef slope, backreef, lagoon and shoreline. These boundaries were

chosen to maintain relative homogeneity of the area regarding habitat, management

practices and fishery access. The sanctuary zones to the north and south are closed to

fishing, however the modelled area is fully open to recreational fishing and accessible by

boat or four-wheel drive vehicle from either Coral Bay or 14-Mile Beach campsite (Figure

4.1). Hyperspectral imaging of the modelled area in 2006 found that the benthic habitat

consisted of sand (≈38.5%), limestone pavement (≈36.7%), macroalgae (≈18.0%), hard

coral (≈3.3%), rubble (≈1.1%), turf algae (≈0.7%), intact dead coral (≈0.5%) and soft

coral (≈0.1%) (Kobryn et al. 2013) (Figure 4.1).

The Ningaloo model contains 53 functional groups including both terrestrial and marine

groups (Fulton et al. 2011). The model developed in this study focussed on the

macrophyte beds in the lagoon and was reduced to 29 marine functional groups. Fish

groups were reclassified as carnivorous (Lutjanidae), zoobenthivorous (Mullidae), herbi-

Page 79: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

79

Figure 4.1 The area covered by the Coral Bay Ecopath with

Ecosim model, bounded by the reef to the west (blue), the

coastline to the east (white), and the Maud and Pelican

Sanctuary Zones to the north and south (red cross-hatch),

respectively. The modelled area is derived from a benthic

habitat hyperspectral survey (Kobryn et al. 2013). Habitat

codes are explained in Appendix 1.

0 40 km

Habitat Legend

Page 80: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

80

vorous (Siganidae and Acanthuridae) or other (Table 4.1) based on the importance of

macroalgae as habitat, prey habitat or dietary item to each group. Lethrinus nebulosus and

Lethrinidae were retained as distinct groups due to their importance to recreational

fishers. Macrophytes were reclassified into Sargassum spp., fleshy macroalgae and non-

fleshy algae to better analyse the varying influence of each group. This model also limited

human influences only to fisheries, while the Ningaloo model included broad tourism,

camping and fisheries groups.

Ecopath with Ecosim (EwE) is a mass-balanced technique based on two master equations,

one for the production term (Eq. 4.1) and one for the energy balance (Eq. 4.2)

(Christensen and Walters 2004). The total production rate of a group (i) is defined by:

𝐵𝑖 ∙ (𝑃 𝐵⁄ )𝑖 ∙ 𝐸𝐸𝑖 − ∑ 𝐵𝑗 ∙ (𝑄 𝐵⁄ )𝑗 ∙ 𝐷𝐶𝑗𝑖 − 𝑌𝑖 − 𝐸𝑖 − 𝐵𝐴𝑖𝑛𝑗=1 = 0 (4.1)

where: Bi is the biomass of group i (Bj is biomass of a predator group j)

P/Bi is the production/biomass ratio of group i

EE is the proportion of production of group i utilised within the system

Q/Bi is the consumption/biomass ratio of group i

DCji is the fraction of prey (i) in the average diet of predator (j)

Yi is the total fishery catch rate of group i

Ei is the net migration (emigration - immigration) of group i

BAi is the biomass accumulation rate of group i (Christensen and Walters 2004).

Few data were available for the modelled area for many of these parameters. Ecopath is

able to solve for one unknown parameter out of B, P/B, Q/B or EE (Christensen et al.

2008), and in the Coral Bay model, the model was generally used to estimate the

Page 81: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

81

ecotrophic efficiency (EE), a measure of the proportion of a group’s production that is

used within the system (Christensen et al. 2008) (Table 4.1).

Once any missing parameters have been estimated, the flow of energy needs to be

balanced to achieve mass-balance of the model. This is defined through the equation:

𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 + 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑖𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 + 𝑢𝑛𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑜𝑑 (4.2)

so that a group’s consumption accounts for respiration losses and changes in biomass,

and its biomass production accounts for losses through fishery landings and consumption

by its predators (Christensen et al. 2008).

4.2.2 Model Structure, Parameterisation and Balancing

The model was constructed with 29 functional groups (Table 4.1), determined by

recreationally targeted fish species that are significant to users of the NMP (Lethrinus

nebulosus, other Lethrinus and Lutjanus species), fish groups sampled for dietary studies

(see Ch. 3, Table 3.2), their dominant dietary categories (see Ch. 3, Table 3.3), predators

of the modelled fish groups (e.g. reef sharks, dolphins; Table 4.2), competitors for

macroalgal resources (e.g. turtles; Table 4.2), and inorganic/detrital groups (e.g.

sediment).

Fish functional groups were categorised based on the results of the dietary study and

placed in multi-stanza categories including both juvenile and adult life stages for selected

species. Lethrinus nebulosus and Lethrinus spp. represent opportunist/omnivorous

species while other multi-stanza fish groups were categorised into carnivorous (e.g.

Lutjanus fulviflamma, Lutjanus quinquelineatus), zoobenthivorous (e.g. Parupeneus

barberinoides, Parupeneus spilurus), and herbivorous (e.g. Naso fageni, Siganus

fuscescens) fish species. Age at maturity, growth, mortality and consumption parameters

were taken from local data wherever possible (Marriott et al. 2010; Marriott et al. 2011).

Otherwise literature that focussed on the species (or genera) studied in the dietary analysis

Page 82: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

82

Table 4.1 Summary of the parameters for each functional group in the Ecopath mass-balanced Coral Bay model. Bold

values were estimated by the Ecopath model.

Functional Group

Biomass in

habitat area

(t.km-2.yr-1)

Biomass

(t.km-2.yr-1)

P/B

(yr-1)

Q/B

(yr-1)

Ecotrophic

Efficiency

Catch

(t.km-2.yr-1)

Trophic

Level

Reef Sharksa,e 0.077 0.051 0.33 3.80 0.000 - 3.55

Dolphinsa,e 0.031 0.031 0.11 4.50 0.000 - 3.50

Lethrinus

nebulosus (ad)a,e 1.680 4.200 0.45f 4.06 0.464 0.0906 3.31

Lethrinus species

(ad)a,e 1.152 10.800 0.35f 3.50 0.061 0.0086 3.24

Octopusa,d 0.293 0.147 3.72 15.10 0.887 - 3.11

Zoobenthivorous

fish (ad)a,d 3.440 4.300 0.45f 3.51 0.515 0.0018 3.07

Carnivorous fish

(ad)a,e 0.532 2.662 0.35f 3.86 0.300 0.0259 2.99

Squida,e 2.333 2.333 4.55 18.39 0.965 0.0100 2.98

Lethrinus species

(juv)a,d 0.201 1.117 0.72f 7.91 0.937 - 2.92

Zoobenthivorous

fish (juv)a,d 0.642 0.802 0.80f 7.62 0.540 - 2.92

Carnivorous fish

(juv)a,d 0.043 0.215 0.69f 8.56 0.973 - 2.71

Lethrinus

nebulosus (juv)a,d 0.112 1.250 0.67f 8.60 0.954 - 2.55

Fish species

(other)a,d,e 8.591 8.591 0.81 3.47 0.953 - 2.54

Crustacean

(meso)a,d 9.663 5.798 5.66 19.48 0.981 - 2.46

Turtlesa,e 1.487 1.487 0.33 17.08 0.100 - 2.18

Crustacean

(micro)a,d 0.551 0.551 44.00 135.00 0.983 - 2.16

Annelid/

Nematodea,d 2.533 2.533 6.57 23.28 0.828 - 2.11

Herbivorous fish

(ad)a,e 2.758 6.896 0.34f 9.70 0.426 - 2.07

Mollusc (exc.

cephalopod)a,d 6.821 5.456 2.85 13.31 0.992 - 2.06

Herbivorous fish

(juv)a,d 0.725 1.813 0.50f 14.09 0.884 - 2.04

Echinoderma,d 1.169 0.994 11.98 39.70 0.878 - 2.02

Zooplanktona,e 8.800 8.800 67.31 226.38 0.130 - 2.01

Sponge/

Bryozoana,d 34.000 3.628 2.74 24.47 0.610 - 2.00

Sargassumb,d 360.000 64.800 4.00 - 0.201 - 1.00

Fleshy

macroalgaeb,d 175.100 31.518 13.25 - 0.121 - 1.00

Non-fleshy

algaeb,d 53.510 26.755 17.00 - 0.137 - 1.00

Phytoplanktonb,e 25.510 25.510 70.00 - 0.912 - 1.00

Sedimentc 60.000 60.000 - - 0.905 - 1.00

Detritusc 70.000 70.000 - - 0.284 - 1.00 a Consumer group b Producer group c Detritus group d Benthic group e Pelagic group

f Total mortality (Z) used as a proxy for P/B values for multi-stanza groups(Christensen et al. 2008)

Page 83: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

83

(Lam 1974; Russ and Williams 1994; Ebisawa 1999; Grandcourt et al. 2007; Currey et

al. 2013), Fishbase (Froese and Pauly 2015), and the Ningaloo model (Jones et al. 2011)

were used. Where recent data were unavailable for the Coral Bay modelled groups, data

from relevant functional groups in the Ningaloo model were compiled. The total mortality

rate (Z) was used as a proxy for the P/B ratio based on assumptions in the Ecopath master

equation (Christensen et al. 2008). Since the Ningaloo model had 25% of the habitat area

dedicated to terrestrial sources, where habitat area fraction was calculated from the

Ningaloo model (Eq. 4.3), it was adjusted to account for the modelled area being 100%

marine according to the equation:

𝛼𝐶𝐵 =4

3𝛼𝑁 (4.3)

where 𝛼𝐶𝐵 is the habitat area for the Coral Bay model, and 𝛼𝑁 is the habitat area for the

Ningaloo model.

Lethrinus nebulosus was retained as a distinct functional group (Table 4.1) because of its

importance to recreational fishers. Species of the macroalga genus Sargassum were also

retained as a functional group, as they were the dominant species of macroalgae within

the modelled area and this allowed the productivity to be analysed and adjusted separately

from other algal groups.

Initial Model Parameterisation

Data on the biomasses of fish functional groups were obtained from a monitoring program

carried out by the Department of Parks and Wildlife (Wilson et al., DPaW, unpublished

data). Biomass, P/B and Q/B data for other groups were obtained from recent research at

Ningaloo (Marriott et al. 2010; Marriott et al. 2011; Herwig et al. 2012; Doropoulos et

al. 2013; Kobryn et al. 2013; Fulton et al. 2014) where possible, then from research

conducted in the Gascoyne/Pilbara/Kimberley regions of Western Australia (Fry et al.

2008; Keesing et al. 2011; Ryan et al. 2015; Fletcher and Santoro 2015). Where recent,

Page 84: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

84

Table 4.2 Functional groups and representative species within each group for the Coral Bay

Ecopath model of the Ningaloo lagoon south of Coral Bay, north-western Australia.

Functional groups with more than one life stage were input as multi-stanza groups. The

geographic extent of the modelled area was 19.42 km2, covering the backreef and lagoon.

Functional group Representative organisms

Reef sharks

Carcharhinus melanopterus

Negaprion acutidiens

Triaenodon obesus

Dolphins

Delphinus delphis

Sousa chinensis

Tursiops truncatus

Turtles Caretta caretta

Chelonia mydas

Lethrinus nebulosus (adult)

Lethrinus nebulosus (juvenile) Lethrinus nebulosus

Lethrinus species (adult)

Lethrinus species (juvenile)

Lethrinus atkinsoni

Lethrinus genivittatus

Carnivorous fish (adult)

Carnivorous fish (juvenile)

Choerodon rubescens

Lutjanus fulviflamma

Lutjanus quinquelineatus

Zoobenthivorous fish (adult)

Zoobenthivorous fish (juvenile)

Parupeneus barberinoides

Parupeneus spilurus

Upeneus spp.

Herbivorous fish (adult)

Herbivorous fish (juvenile)

Naso fageni

Siganus fuscescens

Other fish species

Gobiidae spp.

Labridae spp.

Pomacentridae spp.

Terapontidae spp.

Squid Cephalopodidae spp.

Octopus Octopus cyanea

Mollusc

Bivalvia spp.

Bursa spp.

Cerithium spp.

Conus spp.

Echinoderm Holothuria spp.

Ophiuroidea spp.

Annelid/Nematode Polychaeta spp.

Sipuncula spp.

Crustacean (meso) Panulirus spp.

Penaeus spp.

Crustacean (micro)

Amphipoda spp.

Copepoda spp.

Isopoda spp.

Sponge/Bryozoan

Cheilostomata spp.

Palythoa spp.

Pocillopora spp.

Zooplankton

Sargassum spp. Sargassum myriocystum

Fleshy macroalgae

Cystoceira spp.

Dictyoptera spp.

Dictyota spp.

Lobophora spp.

Non-fleshy algae

Ceramium spp.

Hincksia spp.

Ulva spp.

Phytoplankton

Sediment Fine gravel, sand, silt, shell and coral fragments

Detritus Non-living organic matter

Page 85: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

85

local data were not available, data from the Ningaloo EwE model (Jones et al. 2011), then

from models in tropic/subtropic regions of Australia, the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans

were used (Aliño et al. 1993; Arias-Gonzalez et al. 1997; Okey and Mahmoudi 2002;

Bulman 2006; Freire et al. 2008). The remaining data were estimated by formulae within

the model according to the Ecopath thermodynamic equation (Christensen et al. 2008).

Diet Composition

Dietary data for juvenile fish groups were taken from gut contents analysis of fishes

sampled from macroalgal beds in the Ningaloo lagoon (Ch. 3). Data for adult fish groups

came from gut contents of fish that were larger than the length at maturity (n = 6 for

zoobenthivorous adults, n = 4 for herbivorous fishes), relevant literature for the sampled

species (Choat et al. 2002; Nakamura et al. 2003; Debenay et al. 2011; Farmer and

Wilson 2011), and Fishbase (Froese and Pauly 2015). Data for other functional groups

were collated from the Ningaloo model (Jones et al. 2011) or ecosystem models from

subtropical/tropical regions where the functional groups were analogous to those in the

Coral Bay model (Arreguín-Sánchez et al. 1993; Opitz 1996; Zetina-Rejón et al. 2003;

Bulman 2006; Tsehaye and Nagelkerke 2008). A summary of the predator/prey dietary

matrix (Figure 4.2) shows the dominant dietary categories for each functional group in

the model.

The fate of all detritus from the non-detrital groups was contained within the system. The

majority of biomass from all groups flowed to detritus, with a nominal amount flowing

to sediment if the organism contained persistent body parts (e.g. coralline algae, shell,

exoskeleton).

Fishery

Fishery parameters were defined for the recreational fishery that operates from Coral Bay

in the southern NMP. Recreational fishing is an important activity in Western Australia,

Page 86: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

86

Co

nsu

mer

gro

up

Ree

f sh

ark

Do

lphin

Tu

rtle

L.

neb

ulo

sus

(ad

)

L.

neb

ulo

sus

(juv

)

Let

hri

nu

s sp

p. (a

d)

Let

hri

nu

s sp

p. (j

uv

)

Car

niv

oro

us

fish

(ad

)

Car

niv

oro

us

fish

(juv

)

Zoo

ben

thiv

oro

us

fish

(ad

)

Zoo

ben

thiv

oro

us

fish

(ju

v)

Her

biv

oro

us

fish

(ad

)

Her

biv

oro

us

fish

(juv

)

Fis

h s

pp

.

Sq

uid

Oct

opu

s

Moll

usc

Ech

inod

erm

An

nel

id/N

emat

ode

Mes

o-c

rust

acea

n

Mic

ro-c

rust

acea

n

Sp

ong

e/B

ryozo

an

Zoo

pla

nkto

n

Dietary Item (x)

Reef shark

Dolphin

Turtle

Lethrinus nebulosus (ad)

Lethrinus nebulosus (juv)

Lethrinus spp. (ad)

Lethrinus spp. (juv)

Carnivorous fish (ad)

Carnivorous fish (juv)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Herbivorous fish (ad)

Herbivorous fish (juv)

Fish spp.

Squid

Octopus

Mollusc

Echinoderm

Annelid/Nematode

Meso-crustacean

Micro-crustacean

Sponge/Bryozoan

Zooplankton

Sargassum

Fleshy macroalgae

Non-fleshy algae

Phytoplankton

Sediment

Detritus

Import

Figure 4.2 Dietary matrix showing relative dietary composition by volume for each functional group in the Coral Bay Ecopath model.

Page 87: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

87

with an estimated 29.6% of the population aged older than 15 years being active

participants (Ryan et al. 2015; Department of Fisheries 2015). The recreational fishing

effort in the NMP is highly seasonal, with peak effort between April and October, and in

areas with infrastructure providing access to the coast (Sumner et al. 2002; Smallwood et

al. 2011; Smallwood and Beckley 2012). Boat-based fishing activity is greater than shore-

based activity (Sumner et al. 2002) with the most intensive effort occurring inside the

lagoon (Smallwood et al. 2011; Ryan et al. 2015). In a 2007 aerial survey of the NMP

coastline there was generally a high level of compliance with legal catch sizes and bag

limits (Sumner et al. 2002; Smallwood and Beckley 2012), although the Maud and

Pelican sanctuary zones had the highest levels of noncompliance (Smallwood and

Beckley 2012).

Both boat- and shore-based catches are dominated by Lethrinus nebulosus (Spangled

emperor) (Smallwood and Beckley 2012; Ryan et al. 2015), with Order Teuthoidea (squid

species) and other species (Epinephelus rivulatus (Chinaman cod), Lethrinus miniatus

(Redthroat emperor), Lutjanus sebae (Red emperor), Lethrinus laticaudis (Grass

emperor)) that associate with macroalgal habitat (Wilson et al. 2012; Wilson et al. 2014)

also well represented in boat-based catches (Sumner et al. 2002; Ryan et al. 2015).

While there are no large-scale commercial fishing activities within the NMP, recreational

catch for certain species in the Ningaloo Marine Park matches or exceeds the commercial

catch for those same species in the Gascoyne region (e.g. 2014 L. nebulosus catch;

recreational = 17 t, charter = 4 t, commercial = 2 t) (Fletcher and Santoro 2015) and

management practices were altered in 2013/14 after localised depletion of L. nebulosus

in 2007/08 (Fletcher and Santoro 2015).

Catch data were estimated for adults of L. nebulosus, Lethrinus spp., carnivorous fish,

zoobenthivorous fish, fish spp., and squid. These landings were designed to be

Page 88: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

88

proportionally higher by area, than those described in the literature for the entire NMP

(Sumner et al. 2002; Ryan et al. 2015; Fletcher and Santoro 2015): because even though

there is lower fishing intensity south of Coral Bay than in the northern NMP (Smallwood

et al. 2011; Smallwood and Beckley 2012), most fishing occurs within the lagoon areas

and the presence of the Coral Bay boat ramp and launching facilities at 14-Mile Beach

increase the density of boats in the modelled area compared to areas outside the lagoon

(see Figures 4 and 5 in Smallwood and Beckley 2012). Landings differ by an order of

magnitude between L. nebulosus and Lethrinus spp. based on length to weight

calculations and the assumption that the ratio of L. nebulosus: Lethrinus spp. caught is

5:1. The landings ranged from approximately 0.002 t.km-2.yr-1 for zoobenthivorous fish

to 0.09 t.km-2.yr-1 for L. nebulosus (Table 4.1).

4.2.3 Evaluating the Ecopath Model

Several metrics and procedures were used to evaluate sources of uncertainty and the

model’s predictions, including pedigree (uncertainty in data), mixed trophic impacts

(sensitivity of model), network analysis (system maturity), balance and calibration of the

model (Heymans et al. 2016). These are summarised briefly below.

Model Pedigree

The Pedigree of the model was calculated in Ecopath to provide a measure of the

reliability and uncertainty of data sources in the model (Christensen and Walters 2004;

Morissette 2007). The model provides an index and confidence interval for the data

source with higher pedigree values indicating better quality data (Table 4.3). The pedigree

index assumes that parameters originating from local data are of higher quality than those

originating from other systems. The equation (Eq. 4.4) used to calculate the pedigree

index (τ) is:

𝜏 = ∑𝜏𝑖,𝑝

𝑛𝑛𝑖=1 (4.4)

Page 89: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

89

where τi,p is the pedigree index value for group i and input parameter p for each of the n

living groups in the ecosystem and p represents any of the parameters in Eq. 4.1 (B, P/B,

Q/B, Y, DC) (Christensen and Walters 2004). Data sources for this model were entered

using pre-determined Ecopath categories and confidence intervals (Table 4.3).

The measure of fit (t*) uses the pedigree index to describe how well the model is based

on local data rather than data from other models (Christensen and Walters 2004), with

higher values indicating the model is better entrenched in local data. It is defined based

on the calculation for the t-value for a regression (Eq. 4.5):

𝑡∗ = 𝜏×√𝑛−2

√1−𝜏2 (4.5)

where τ is the pedigree index, and n is the number of living groups in the system

(Christensen and Walters 2004).

Sensitivity

Mixed trophic impacts (MTI) analysis describes how a small increase in a group’s

biomass directly and indirectly impacts all other groups in the model (Christensen et al.

2008). The MTI values for an impacting group (i) in relation to an impacted group (j) are

defined by Eq. 4.6:

𝑀𝑇𝐼𝑖,𝑗 = 𝐷𝐶𝑖,𝑗 − 𝐹𝐶𝑗,𝑖 (4.6)

where DCi,j is the diet composition term expressing how much j contributes to the diet of

i, and FCj,i is a host composition term describing the proportion of predation on j that is

due to i as a predator: fishing fleets (i.e. recreational fishers) are treated as a predator,

with catches treated as a dietary item (Christensen et al. 2008). The MTI analyses for the

Coral Bay model were used to evaluate the sensitivity of the model to an incremental

increase in recreational fisher, adult Lethrinus nebulosus, and Sargassum spp. biomass.

Page 90: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

90

Table 4.3 Pedigree indices with confidence intervals (±CI%) in parentheses for each functional

group in the Coral Bay EwE model. Indices are shaded based on the size of the confidence

interval ranging from light grey (0-25%) to black (75-100%).

Functional group Biomass in

habitat area P/B Q/B Diet Catch

Legend

Reef Sharks 2 (±80) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80) 0< CI ≤25

Dolphins 2 (±80) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80) 25< CI ≤50

Turtles 2 (±80) 1 (±80) 3 (±60) 2 (±80) 50< CI ≤75

Lethrinus nebulosus (ad) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 5 (±30) 5 (±30) 75< CI ≤100

Lethrinus nebulosus (juv) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 1 (±80) 6 (±10)

Lethrinus species (ad) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 5 (±30) 5 (±30)

Lethrinus species (juv) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 1 (±80) 6 (±10)

Carnivorous fish (ad) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 5 (±40) 6 (±10) 5 (±30)

Carnivorous fish (juv) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 1 (±80) 6 (±10)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 5 (±40) 5 (±30) 1 (±70)

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 1 (±80) 6 (±10)

Herbivorous fish (ad) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 5 (±40) 5 (±30)

Herbivorous fish (juv) 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 1 (±80) 6 (±10)

Fish spp. 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80)

Squid 2 (±80) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80) 5 (±30)

Octopus 6 (±10) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80)

Mollusc 2 (±80) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80)

Echinoderm 4 (±50) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 1 (±80)

Annelid/Nematode 4 (±50) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80)

Crustacean-meso 2 (±80) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80)

Crustacean-micro 5 (±30) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80)

Sponge/Bryozoan 4 (±50) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 1 (±80)

Zooplankton 2 (±80) 3 (±60) 3 (±60) 2 (±80)

Sargassum 6 (±10) 7 (±20)

Fleshy macroalgae 6 (±10) 3 (±60)

Non-fleshy algae 3 (±80) 3 (±60)

Phytoplankton 2 (±80) 3 (±60)

Sediment 3 (±80)

Detritus 2 (±80)

Network Analysis

Ecopath produces network analyses with a range of summary statistics to compare models

and describe the maturity of the system, often used as a proxy for ecosystem health

(Christensen and Walters 2004). Total system throughput (TST; the sum of all flows

through the system (Heymans et al. 2014)), total biomass (excluding detritus) and the

total biomass:total throughput ratio were used as an overall measure of the system. Sum

of production, net system production, calculated total net primary production, the total

primary production:total respiration ratio, and the total primary production:total biomass

ratio were used to describe the role of primary production in the system. Total catch, mean

trophic level of the catch, and gross efficiency (the fraction of primary production that is

used within the system (Christensen et al. 2008)) were used to compare fishing

Page 91: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

91

parameters between models. The connectance index (the ratio of the number of actual

links to the number of possible links (Christensen and Walters 2004)), system omnivory

index (a measure of variance in prey trophic levels (Heymans et al. 2014)), Ecopath

pedigree index (τ), measure of fit (t*), and Shannon diversity index (a modification of the

Shannon-Wiener index and used to represent evenness, or distribution of biomass, across

functional groups (Ainsworth et al. 2011)) were used to define trophic flows in the

ecosystem and compare them to five published models from the Indo-Pacific region, the

Red Sea and the Caribbean.

The biomasses for functional groups in the Coral Bay model and the comparison models

were grouped according to macrofauna (excluding teleosts), teleosts, invertebrates,

primary producers and detritus groups. If terrestrial groups or non-coastal birds were part

of the comparison model (e.g. foxes in the Ningaloo model), they were not included.

These grouped biomasses were used to calculate invertebrate:teleost, primary

producer:teleost, primary producer:invertebrate, and primary producer:detritus ratios for

comparison of ecosystem structure.

Mass-Balancing the Model

Ecopath’s pre-balance tool was used to test underlying assumptions regarding key

diagnostics of the model’s performance (biomass, vital rates, production; Figure 4.3) for

each functional group, when ranked by trophic level, before balancing the model

(Heymans et al. 2016). This indicates how well the collated values matched the “real-

world”, and the scale of adjustment for parameters in each trophic level to get a closer fit

to the recommended guidelines during mass-balance. These guidelines include: biomass

should span 5-7 orders of magnitude, the biomass slope should decline by 5-10% on a log

scale, and the predator to prey vital rate ratios should be less than 1 (Link 2010). The

initial model did not fit these guidelines, however, after the mass-balancing process the

model fitted well.

Page 92: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

92

Ecopath models must be balanced according to several ecological and thermodynamic

logical constraints (Christensen et al. 2008; Heymans et al. 2016). These include:

ecotrophic efficiency (EE) must be less than 1.0, since it is not possible for more than

100% of the biomass produced to be passed on to the next trophic level; gross food

conversion efficiency (GE), the ratio between production and consumption (P/Q), should

generally be between 0.1 and 0.3, except for small, fast growing organisms (Christensen

et al. 2008); net efficiency, the production divided by the assimilated portion of food

(Christensen et al. 2008), can not be lower than GE (Christensen et al. 2008; Heymans et

al. 2016) and is generally less than 1.0 (Christensen et al. 2008); the proportion of an

organism’s biomass lost through respiration can not exceed the biomass of food

assimilated ([RA/AS]<1.0) (Heymans et al. 2016); and the production/respiration ratio,

which represents the fate of assimilated food, should generally not exceed 1.0 either

(Heymans et al. 2016).

As part of the mass-balancing process, the EE for each group was estimated by the model

according to the EwE thermodynamic equation (Christensen and Walters 2004). Where

the estimated EE exceeded 1.0, parameters were adjusted to reduce it for the functional

group. This was achieved by adjusting those parameters with the weakest pedigree and

greatest uncertainty (Table 4.3), adjusting dietary information (i.e. changing values for

consumers of the pressured group), followed by the consumption ratio, production ratio,

habitat fraction and biomass in habitat area of the pressured group (Lozano-Montes,

CSIRO, pers. comm.). Parameters were changed by 5-20% at a time and each change was

recorded. Initially, sediment was included as a dietary category, but was changed to a

detritus group due to the instability it was creating in the model. Phytoplankton was

originally not included in the initial model, but was added as a functional group during

mass-balance to better represent its importance to trophic flows in the system.

Page 93: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

93

Figure 4.3 Changes in the key parameters for each functional group between the original data (hatched fill) and the mass-balanced Ecopath model (solid fill) for a) trophic level, b) biomass, c)

production/biomass (P/B) ratio, and d) consumption/biomass (Q/B) ratio in the Coral Bay EwE model.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Reef SharksDolphins

Lethrinus nebulosus (ad)Lethrinus species (ad)

OctopusZoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Carnivorous fish (ad)Squid

Lethrinus species (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Carnivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus nebulosus (juv)

Fish speciesCrustacean (meso)

TurtlesCrustacean (micro)Annelid/Nematode

Herbivorous fish (ad)Mollusc (exc cephalopod)

Herbivorous fish (juv)Echinoderm

ZooplanktonSponge/Bryozoan

SargassumFleshy macroalgae

Nonfleshy macroalgaePhytoplankton*

Sediment*Detritus

Trophic levela)0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100

Reef SharksDolphins

Lethrinus nebulosus (ad)Lethrinus species (ad)

OctopusZoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Carnivorous fish (ad)Squid

Lethrinus species (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Carnivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus nebulosus (juv)

Fish speciesCrustacean (meso)

TurtlesCrustacean (micro)Annelid/Nematode

Herbivorous fish (ad)Mollusc (exc cephalopod)

Herbivorous fish (juv)Echinoderm

ZooplanktonSponge/Bryozoan

SargassumFleshy macroalgae

Nonfleshy macroalgaePhytoplankton*

Sediment*Detritus

Biomass (t.km-2)b)

0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000

Reef SharksDolphins

Lethrinus nebulosus (ad)Lethrinus species (ad)

OctopusZoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Carnivorous fish (ad)Squid

Lethrinus species (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Carnivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus nebulosus (juv)

Fish speciesCrustacean (meso)

TurtlesCrustacean (micro)Annelid/Nematode

Herbivorous fish (ad)Mollusc (exc cephalopod)

Herbivorous fish (juv)Echinoderm

ZooplanktonSponge/Bryozoan

SargassumFleshy macroalgae

Nonfleshy macroalgaePhytoplankton*

Sediment*Detritus

P/B ratio (yr-1)c) 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000

Reef SharksDolphins

Lethrinus nebulosus (ad)Lethrinus species (ad)

OctopusZoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Carnivorous fish (ad)Squid

Lethrinus species (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Carnivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus nebulosus (juv)

Fish speciesCrustacean (meso)

TurtlesCrustacean (micro)Annelid/Nematode

Herbivorous fish (ad)Mollusc (exc cephalopod)

Herbivorous fish (juv)Echinoderm

ZooplanktonSponge/Bryozoan

SargassumFleshy macroalgae

Nonfleshy macroalgaePhytoplankton*

Sediment*Detritus

Q/B ratio (yr-1)d)

Page 94: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

94

Apart from these two functional groups that were changed during the mass-balance

process, the largest differential in parameters between the initial model and the mass-

balanced model were in: the trophic levels of zooplankton (-68%), echinoderms (-67%),

molluscs (-57%), other fish species (-51%) and squid (-51%); the biomass of octopus

(4.3 x 104 %), micro-crustaceans (2.6 x 103 %), echinoderms (688%), annelids (554%),

and squid (125%); the production ratio (P/B) of dolphins (175%), micro-crustaceans

(125%), annelids (95%) and echinoderms (93%); and the consumption ratio (Q/B) of

micro-crustaceans (166%), echinoderms (61%) and other fish spp. (-69%) (Figure 4.3).

4.2.4 Ecosim

Scenario Parameterisation

The Ecosim component allows dynamic simulations to be performed over the modelled

ecosystem, based on parameters input into the Ecopath model (Christensen et al. 2008).

Seventeen scenarios were modelled, based on the extremity and duration of the forcing

function that was applied (Table 4.4). All scenarios tested for this model were run from

2015 for 35 years, with forcing functions applied for 5 or 20 years, and then allowed to

stabilise to observe how the system recovered.

Since both fishing pressure and climatic drivers can act independently or in combination

on ecosystems (Alexander et al. 2015), forcing functions were individually applied to the

production rate of primary producer groups (Sargassum, fleshy macroalgae, non-fleshy

algae, phytoplankton) and the consumption (i.e. effort) of an apex consumer (recreational

fishers), then combined to determine their importance in driving biomass of groups in the

lagoon ecosystem south of Coral Bay. Scenarios were graded as low, intermediate and

extreme, for changes to either primary producer or fisher parameters, or a combination of

effects, and selected to examine: the impact of changing primary producer productivity

on recreational fish species (seven scenarios), the effect of changing recreational fishing

pressure on recreational fish species and any subsequent effects on Sargassum spp. (six

Page 95: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

95

scenarios), and a combination of changing both fishing pressure and primary producer

production to simulate a “worst-case” scenario for recreational fish species (four

scenarios; Table 4.4).

Functional Group Information

All EwE settings were kept at the default values except for maximum relative feeding

time, feeding time adjustment rate, predator effect on feeding time, and density-dependent

catchability for certain groups, as outlined below.

The maximum relative feeding time describes how much a predator’s feeding time may

increase if prey becomes scarce (Christensen et al. 2008). In Ecosim, a value of 2.0

represents a potential doubling in feeding time, while a value of 1.0 represents no change.

This parameter was adjusted for juvenile life stages of multi-stanza fish groups, based on

field observations. Juvenile carnivorous fish were assigned a lower value (1.25) than

adults due to their site-specific fidelity (closely associated with isolated massive corals

[bombies]), Lethrinus spp. and L. nebulosus juveniles were assigned an intermediate

value (1.5) because they had a wider habitat area (macroalgal beds), and juvenile

zoobenthivorous and herbivorous fish were assigned a higher value (1.75) due to their

wide-ranging foraging method. All other functional groups were assigned the Ecosim

default value (2.0).

Feeding time adjustment rate represents the speed that an organism can adjust feeding

time to stabilise Q/B, and can be assigned a value between 0.0 and 1.0. Lower values

cause feeding time (and time exposed to predation) to be constant: changes in Q/B lead

to changes in growth rate. Higher values lead to fast response times, and vulnerability to

predation changes instead of growth rates. Input values were assigned to each functional

group following the recommendations in the EwE user manual (Christensen et al. 2008),

where dolphins were assigned a value of 0.5, juvenile multi-stanza groups were assigned

Page 96: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

96

values between 0.5 (L. nebulosus, L. species, carnivorous fish) and 0.75 (zoobenthivorous

fish, herbivorous fish) and all other groups were kept at zero. This results in compensatory

recruitment and compensatory natural mortality when the stock size decreases, a potential

weakness in the model (Plagányi and Butterworth 2004).

Table 4.4 Summary of the scenarios evaluated, the forcing effects applied and the potential source of

the forcing effect applied to the Coral Bay Ecopath with Ecosim lagoon model.

Groups affected Scenario Forcing effect

Primary producer

groups

- Sargassum

- Fleshy macroalgae

- Non-fleshy algae

- Phytoplankton

1 Linear 20% increase in primary production rate

2 Linear 50% increase in primary production rate

3 Linear 20% decrease in primary production rate

4 Linear 50% decrease in primary production rate

5a Rapid 50% decrease in primary production rate

6 Rapid 50% decrease in primary production rate

7 Rapid 90% decrease in primary production rate

Recreational fishers

8 Linear 20% increase in fishing effort

9 Linear 50% increase in fishing effort

10 Linear 200% increase in fishing effort

11 Linear 20% decrease in fishing effort

12 Linear 50% decrease in fishing effort

13b Sudden cessation (0%) of fishing effort

Combination

- Recreational fishers

- Primary producer

groups

14 Scenario 2

Scenario 9

15 Scenario 4

Scenario 9

16 Scenario 2

Scenario 12

17 Scenario 4

Scenario 12

Predator effect on feeding time can be set between 0.0 and 1.0, and indicates changes in

feeding time and consumption rate relative to changes in predator abundance. Higher

values assume that consumption rates are discretionary and they will be reduced up to

that fraction if predator abundance increases, leading to a reduction in time exposed to

predation (Christensen et al. 2008). This was adjusted for juvenile stages of multi-stanza

fish groups based on the assumption that the density-dependent juvenile mortality was

associated with changes in feeding time and predation risk (non-zero feeding time

adjustment rate) (Christensen et al. 2008), and the juveniles would alter feeding habits in

the presence of predators. Values were inversely related to maximum relative feeding

time values, with carnivorous fish most impacted (0.9), followed by L. nebulosus and L.

spp. (0.75), then zoobenthivorous and herbivorous fish (0.5).

Page 97: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

97

Density-dependent catchability was increased for all groups subjected to recreational

fishery pressure. All fish groups were increased to 5, while the squid group was increased

to 10. This was increased because recreational fishers often do not fill their bag limit

(Smallwood and Beckley 2012) and to allow increased landings of these groups if

biomass increased in scenarios where fishing pressure was increased.

Vulnerabilities

The vulnerability parameter estimates the degree that an increase in predator biomass

causes predation mortality for that prey (Christensen et al. 2008). Values were set

between 1.001 and 8.0 with lower values describing bottom-up (prey-controlled)

interactions and higher values describing top-down (predator-controlled) interactions

(Christensen et al. 2008). Vulnerabilities were not increased above 10.0 due to decreasing

effects on the relevant prey group (Lozano-Montes, CSIRO, pers. comm.). Although the

recommendation is to have a consistent vulnerability for each consumer group

(Christensen et al. 2008), individual values were assigned based on broad predator/prey

relationships since the modelled area was relatively small and the detailed dietary data

available for fish groups provided information to discern this. In general, all groups were

defined as bottom-up interactions (v = 1-3) except for the consumption of algal groups

by herbivorous fishes which were intermediate (v = 5 for herbivorous juveniles) or top-

down (v = 8 for herbivorous adults) (see Vergés et al. 2011; Downie et al. 2013; Michael

et al. 2013 for herbivory in NMP).

Forcing Functions

Two sinusoidal forcing functions were designed to simulate an annual summer and winter

peak, with each having a peak of 1.5 (lull of 0.5) from the base value (1). The summer

peak (January) was applied to Sargassum spp. and the winter peak (July) was applied to

phytoplankton to simulate seasonal changes in biomass (Rousseaux et al. 2012; Fulton et

al. 2014). The winter peak was also applied to fishing effort to better match seasonal

Page 98: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

98

Figure 4.4 The stable Ecosim model for the Coral Bay region of the Ningaloo Marine Park showing the

seasonal fluctuations in biomass due to forcing functions applied to Sargassum spp., phytoplankton and

fishing effort over a) 50 years, b) 2.5 years, and c) 2.5 years with selected groups of interest.

a)

c)

b)

Page 99: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

99

changes in fishing pressure that parallel the seasonal dynamics of tourism in the region

(Smallwood et al. 2011; Smallwood and Beckley 2012). This produced seasonal peaks

and troughs in the biomass of most groups in the model (Figure 4.4). These seasonal

factors were applied to the forcing functions of these two functional groups and the

fishing pressure for all scenarios that were run (Table 4.4).

Simulations

Seventeen simulations were run in Ecosim, based on the scenarios summarised in Table

4.4. Seven simulations were run for primary producer groups, covering both linear

increases/decreases in production and a sudden decrease in production over varying

timeframes. Six simulations were run for fishing effort that incorporated linear changes

in fishing effort (20%, 50%, 200%) over 20 years, as well as a sudden cessation in all

fishing effort. Four simulations were run for a combination of changes to primary

production and fishing effort (Table 4.4). Combined scenarios both increased and

decreased primary production based on the assumption that production will increase to a

point with warming sea temperatures (Brown et al. 2010) and then decrease after

temperatures exceed the thermal tolerance of the algal group (Eppley 1972; Harley et al.

2006; Ateweberhan et al. 2006; Pandolfi et al. 2011; Harley et al. 2012; Koch et al. 2013;

Poore et al. 2016; Wernberg et al. 2016). As noted earlier, the parameterisation may have

had a flaw built into the feeding time adjustment rate. Scenarios involving changes to

fishing effort should be interpreted with caution, since an in-depth evaluation and change

in model setup is beyond the time constraints of this Honours project.

4.3 Results

4.3.1 Energy and Mass Flows

Total biomass was dominated by trophic level (TL) I (78.9%) with 53.3% of that made

up by living matter (algal/phytoplankton producers) and 46.7% made up of detritus (Table

Page 100: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

100

4.1). Trophic level I groups were dominated by Sargassum spp. which made up 18.4% of

the total biomass in the system followed by fleshy macroalgae (8.9%), non-fleshy algae

(7.6%), and phytoplankton (7.2%). The biomass for organisms between TL II and III

comprised 14.84% of the total biomass with the remainder (6.24%) made up of fauna

higher than TL III. Invertebrates, comprising sponge/bryozoan, zooplankton,

echinoderm, annelid/nematode, mollusc (including octopus and squid), and crustacean

(micro- and meso-) groups, made up 8.6% of the biomass of the modelled area. Teleost

groups made up 12.1% of the biomass, with the remainder (0.4%) made up by macrofauna

(reef sharks, dolphins, turtles). Of the non-detrital groups, benthic organisms (including

half of other fish spp.) comprised 69.9% of the biomass compared with 30.1% for pelagic

organisms (Table 4.1).

Trophic levels for the modelled system ranged from 1.0 for detritus and primary producer

groups to 3.55 for reef sharks (Table 4.1) with a mean TL (± 1 SD) of 2.29 ± 0.82 for the

system. The mean TL for all fish groups was 2.76 ± 0.43, with juvenile herbivorous fishes

having the lowest TL (2.04) and L. nebulosus adults having the highest TL (3.31).

Invertebrate groups had a mean TL of 2.32 ± 0.43, almost half a trophic level lower than

the fish groups, with sponge/bryozoans having the lowest TL (2.0) and squid having the

highest TL (2.98).

Primary producers were an important component to the diets of 17 of the 23 consumer

groups in the model (Figure 4.5). The total primary production required to sustain

consumption of all groups in the models was 2,740.1 t.km-2.yr-1, while primary production

required to sustain the harvest of fished groups was 28.3 t.km-2.yr-1, 53.3% and 0.55% of

the total primary production, respectively. Although Sargassum spp. dominated the

biomass of primary producers, they were not as important as other primary producer

Page 101: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

101

Figure 4.5 Direct consumption of a) Sargassum spp., b) fleshy macroalgae, c) non-fleshy algae, and d) phytoplankton

primary producer groups (trophic level I) based on functional groups in the Coral Bay Ecopath model. The width

of lines indicates the relative biomass consumed.

a)

b)

c)

d)

Page 102: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

102

Figure 4.6 Direct predation of, and consumption by some recreationally important fish species: a) adult Lethrinus

nebulosus, b) juvenile Lethrinus nebulosus, c) juvenile Lethrinus spp., and d) juvenile carnivorous fish, based on

functional groups in the Coral Bay Ecopath model. Green lines show consumption by the fish group and pink lines

show predation on the fish group. The width of lines indicates the relative biomass consumed.

a)

b)

c)

d)

Page 103: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

103

groups to the diets of L. nebulosus adults (Figure 4.6a) or juveniles of recreationally

important fish groups (Figure 4.6b-d).

The mean trophic transfer efficiency from all TL I groups was 9.0% (primary

producers = 8.7%, detritus = 9.9%). The total system throughput (TST) for the Coral Bay

model was 7,938.8 t.km-2.yr-1, with 5,145.5 t.km-2.yr-1 made up by TL I groups (Figure

4.7a. Almost half of the TST (48.3%) originating from TL I groups was consumed by

predators, of which primary producers comprised 72.2% (1,793.3 t.km-2.yr-1) and detritus

comprised 27.8% (691.6 t.km-2.yr-1).

Figure 4.7 Proportion of flows between trophic levels for the Coral Bay EwE model for a) all groups combined,

and b) primary producers as a proportion of total system throuput (TST).

Consumption of TL I functional groups increased to 61.5% of the TST when detritus

groups were excluded (Figure 4.7b), indicating the importance of primary producers at

the base of the food web. The proportion of TST consumed by predators for TL II to IV

was much less, ranging from 5.8% to 17.4% (Figure 4.7a). This shows the strength of the

interactions originating from TL I compared to that originating from TL II or higher.

Respiration increased at each successive group from TL II to IV comprising between

53.0% and 66.5% of the TST while flow to detritus comprised 21.8% to 41.2% of the

TST (Figure 4.7a).

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

IVIIIIII

Pro

po

rtio

n o

f TS

T

Trophic levelb)

Respiration

Flow todetritusExport

Consumptionby predatorsImport

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

IVIIIIII

Pro

po

rtio

n o

f TS

T

Trophic levela)

Respiration

Flow todetritusExport

Consumptionby predatorsImport

Page 104: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

104

4.3.2 Mixed trophic impacts (MTI)

When looking at interactions driven by primary producers, the MTI analysis of the Coral

Bay model shows that a small increase in Sargassum biomass has a negative impact on

the biomass of itself (-18.7%), followed by sponge/bryozoans (-15.4%) and non-fleshy

algae (-9.7%), and a positive impact on the biomass of adult herbivorous fish (30.4%).

Unexpectedly, the biomass of juvenile L. nebulosus and adult Lethrinus spp. declined

with the increase in Sargassum biomass, possibly due to an increase in the biomass of

their predators (Figure 4.8a).

A small increase in adult L. nebulosus biomass negatively impacted benthic invertebrate

biomass the most (octopus = -37.9%; mollusc = -21.4%), along with adult Lethrinus spp.

(-22.0%) biomass. The largest positive impact was experienced by recreational fisher

biomass (68.2%), followed by carnivorous fish (adult = 12.1%; juvenile = 9.7%) and

herbivorous fish biomass (juvenile = 10.9%; adult = 9.2%) (Figure 4.8b).

For MTI analysis, fishers are included as a predator group to assess how an increase in

their biomass (equivalent to an increase in fishing effort) will affect functional groups

(Christensen et al. 2008). A small increase in recreational fishing biomass had a large

negative impact on the biomass of adult Lethrinus spp. (-24.9%). All other negatively

affected groups were impacted by less than 2.5% (Figure 4.8c). However, it had a positive

impact on squid (14.3%), and adult carnivorous fish (12.6%), functional groups that are

targeted by recreational fishers. All juvenile fish groups also showed an increase in

biomass (0.8% to 8.8%) (Figure 4.8c).

4.3.3 Network Analysis and Ecosystem Properties

The total system throughput (TST) describes the ecological size of the system in terms of

flow (Finn 1976). The TST for the Coral Bay was 7,938.8 t.km-2.yr-1, 15.1% higher than

the Ningaloo Marine Park model though only 33.6% of the TST for the Australia

Page 105: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

105

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40

SargassumSponge/Bryozoan

Nonfleshy algaeFleshy macroalgae

TurtlesLethrinus spp. (ad)

Annelid/NematodeEchinoderm

ZooplanktonL. nebulosus (juv)

Carnivorous fish (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Lethrinus spp. (juv)Octopus

PhytoplanktonSquid

DetritusRecreational fishers

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Mollusc

L. nebulosus (ad)Crustacean (meso)

SedimentCarnivorous fish (ad)

Reef SharksDolphins

Herbivorous fish (juv)Crustacean (micro)

Fish spp.Herbivorous fish (ad)

% changea)-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80

OctopusLethrinus spp. (ad)

MolluscFish spp.

Sponge/BryozoanCrustacean (meso)

EchinodermSargassum

Annelid/NematodeFleshy macroalgae

PhytoplanktonSquid

Lethrinus spp. (juv)Detritus

ZooplanktonL. nebulosus (ad)L. nebulosus (juv)

Nonfleshy algaeZoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Crustacean (micro)Turtles

SedimentReef Sharks

DolphinsZoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Herbivorous fish (ad)Carnivorous fish (juv)Herbivorous fish (juv)Carnivorous fish (ad)Recreational fishers

% changeb)-30 -20 -10 0 10 20

Lethrinus spp. (ad)Mollusc

ZooplanktonFish spp.

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Sargassum

Nonfleshy algaeTurtles

Fleshy macroalgaeSponge/Bryozoan

DolphinsCrustacean (micro)

Reef SharksAnnelid/Nematode

EchinodermCrustacean (meso)Lethrinus spp. (juv)

SedimentL. nebulosus (juv)

OctopusDetritus

PhytoplanktonHerbivorous fish (ad)Carnivorous fish (juv)

Recreational fishersL. nebulosus (ad)

Herbivorous fish (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Carnivorous fish (ad)Squid

% changec)

Figure 4.8 Mixed trophic impacts analyses of the Coral Bay EwE model showing the percent change on functional groups due to a small increase in the biomass of a) Sargassum spp., b) adult

Lethrinus nebulosus, and c) recreational fishers, who are included as a predator group for this analysis.

Page 106: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

106

northwest shelf (NWS) model (Table 4.5). The TST is markedly lower than coral reef

models from Eritrea and the British Virgin Islands (BVI) and a coastal lagoon model from

the Philippines (Bolinao), though higher than a coastal lagoon model from Mexico

(Huizache-Caimanero: HC) and an open ocean Indo-Pacific regional model (Western

Tropical Pacific Ocean: WTPO) (Table 4.5). The total biomass/total throughput ratio

(0.028) is similar to the Eritrea model (0.022), higher than the two Australian models and

the WTPO model, and lower than the remaining overseas models (Table 4.5).

Primary production (PP) parameters also varied widely between models. The biomass of

primary producers (148.58 t.km-2) was 50.1% higher than the Australian NWS model

(99 t.km-2), 5-times higher than the Ningaloo model (27.91 t.km-2) and an order of

magnitude (1,120%) higher than the WTPO model (13.26 t.km-2). However, it was much

lower (9% to 36%) than the primary producer biomass of the other overseas models. The

calculated total net PP for Coral Bay (2,917.35 t.km-2.yr-1) fell between the two Western

Australian models (Ningaloo = 2,036.25 t.km-2.yr-1; NWS = 9,776.00 t.km-2.yr-1);

however, it is an order of magnitude less than three of the five overseas models (Table

4.5) due to the large difference in primary producer biomass. The total PP/total biomass

ratio (13.1) is comparable to the Eritrea model (12.0), is lower than the two Australian

models and the WTPO model, and higher than the other overseas models (Table 4.5).

This indicates that the primary production in this model is closer to the Eritrean coral reef

model, characterised by high biomass and low production, than the other Australian

models which are characterised by a higher proportion of phytoplankton to benthic algal

biomass.

The total estimated recreational catch for Coral Bay (0.137 t.km-2.yr-1) is similar in

magnitude to the Western Tropical Pacific Ocean (WTPO; 0.148 t.km-2.yr-1), North-West

Shelf (NWS; 0.084 t.km-2.yr-1) and Eritrea (0.190 t.km-2.yr-1), but lower than that

estimated for Ningaloo and markedly lower than those for Bolinao and HC (Table 4.5).

Page 107: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

107

Table 4.5 Network analyses and model indices for several Australian (light grey columns) and overseas (white columns) Ecopath with Ecosim models.

Statistics and Flows Units Coral Bay Ningaloo Northwest

Shelf Western Tropical

Pacific Ocean Bolinao

Huizache-Caimanero

Eritrea Virgin Islands

Author/s Desfosses &

Lozano-Montes

Fulton (Jones et al.

2011)

Bulman (Bulman 2006)

Godinot (Godinot and Allain

2003)

Aliño (Aliño et al.

1993)

Zetina-Rejón

(Zetina-Rejón et al. 2003)

Tsehaye (Tsehaye and Nagelkerke

2008)

Opitz (Opitz 1996)

Country/region Western Australia

Western Australia

Western Australia

Indo-Pacific Philippines Mexico Eritrea British Virgin

Islands

Type of model coastal lagoon

coral reef continental

shelf open ocean

coastal lagoon

coastal lagoon

coral reef coral reef

Modelled period yr 2015 2007 1986-91 1990-2000 1980-1981 1984-1986 1998 1960-1999

Latitude 23.173° S - 23.294° S

21.690° S - 23.560° S

18.000° S - 21.000° S

15.000° N - 15.000° S

16.162° N - 16.250° N

22.850° N - 23.200° N

12.689° N - 18.326° N

17.373° N - 19.373° N

Area km2 30 10400 70000 2.55 x 107 240 175 6000 - Number of groups 29 53 37 20 26 26 19 21

Total system throughput t.km-2.yr-1 7938.31 6894.75 23635.22 3343.98 39613.08 6668.56 70184.97 80464.85 Total biomass (excluding detritus) t.km-2 223.04 106.25 366.11 24.76 1895.95 486.33 1521.16 3902.49

Total biomass/total throughput yr-1 0.028 0.015 0.015 0.007 0.048 0.073 0.022 0.048

Sum of all production t.km-2.yr-1 3653.59 2401.55 11799.50 1651.71 19519.69 4319.74 25927.75 30392.28 Net system production t.km-2.yr-1 1461.48 140.31 7462.60 813.71 17711.25 2678.27 3972.96 157.23 Calculated total net PPa t.km-2.yr-1 2917.35 2036.25 9776.00 1332.76 18977.87 3816.43 18179.00 19968.75

Total PP/total respiration 2.004 1.074 4.226 2.568 14.983 3.353 1.280 1.008 Total PP/total biomass 13.080 19.164 26.702 53.831 10.010 7.847 11.951 5.117

Total catch t.km-2.yr-1 0.137 0.503 0.084 0.148 13.079 7.400 0.190 - Mean trophic level of the catch 3.22 2.80 3.50 3.90 2.20 2.52 3.85 - Gross efficiency (catch/net PP) 4.695 x 10-5 2.470 x 10-4 8.540 x 10-6 1.113 x 10-4 6.892 x 10-4 0.002 1.045 x 10-5 -

Connectance Index 0.328 0.230 0.258 0.364 0.173 0.302 0.463 0.352 System Omnivory Index 0.241 0.227 0.184 0.265 0.182 0.254 0.206 0.227 Ecopath pedigree index 0.305 - - - - - - -

Measure of fitb t* 1.600 - - - - - - - Shannon diversity index 2.402 2.427 2.009 1.762 1.299 0.978 1.475 1.783

Invertebrate:Teleost Biomass Ratio 0.709 1.940 2.022 1.639 38.825 5.797 18.705 8.871 Prim. Prod.:Teleost Biomass Ratio 3.484 2.645 2.978 3.053 238.129 40.365 19.971 5.525 Prim. Prod.:Invert. Biomass Ratio 4.914 1.363 1.473 1.863 6.133 6.963 1.068 0.623

Prim. Prod:Detritus Ratio 1.143 0.310 0.990 0.102 1.624 0.109 0.951 0.700 a primary production (PP) b unit defined by Ecopath (not tonnes)

Page 108: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

108

The mean trophic level of the catch (3.23) was comparable to both Australian models

(Ningaloo = 2.80; NWS = 3.50), lower than the WTPO and Eritrea models, and higher

than the Bolinao and HC models (Table 4.5). The mean TL of the system was 2.29

(± 0.82), which shows that the level of recreational fishing in the system has not been

high enough for lower trophic levels to be targeted due to over-exploitation of higher-

level predators. The estimated gross catch efficiency represents the yield relative to

primary production and was relatively low (4.7 x 10-5), higher only than those estimated

for NWS (8.5 x 10-6) and Eritrea (1.0 x 10-5) (Table 4.5).

The connectance index (CI = 0.33) and the omnivory index (OI = 0.24) closely match

those of the HC model (CI = 0.30; OI = 0.25; Table 4.). These are moderately high and

show that the system has a broad level of interactions between trophic levels, indicating

that the system is relatively mature (Odum 1971).

The pedigree index and the measure of fit were 0.304 and 1.600, respectively, which are

moderately low values showing that much of the data in the model are not from local

sources. Comparative data were not available for any of the selected models, though a

2007 study of 50 EwE models found that 40% of the models had pedigrees ranging

between 0.20 and 0.40 (Morissette 2007).

4.3.4 Ecosim Scenarios

Scenarios Acting on Primary Productivity

Of the seventeen Ecosim scenarios modelled, the simulations where forcing functions

were applied to primary production rate (PPr) in the four algal groups (Sargassum spp.,

fleshy macroalgae, non-fleshy algae, phytoplankton) showed the greatest changes in the

system (Figure 4.9).

Slow, linear increases or decreases in PPr predicted reciprocal increases or decreases in

biomass for all functional groups over the 35-year simulation. The linear change

Page 109: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

109

consistently predicted the largest effect on herbivorous fish (both juveniles and adults),

dolphins and reef sharks, while squid, phytoplankton, meso-crustacean, echinoderm and

annelid/nematode groups were predicted to be the least affected (Figure 4.9a-d). Lesser

Figure 4.9 Ecosim scenarios for the Coral Bay model where linear forcing functions were applied to primary

production rate (PPr) over 20 years and allowed to run for a further 15 years before predicted values were

assessed against a base model with no forcing function. Forcing functions applied were: a) 20% linear

increase in PPr, b) 50% linear increase in PPr, c) 20% linear decrease in PPr, d) 50% linear decrease in PPr.

The figures correspond to scenarios 1-4 in Table 4.4.

changes in primary production (Scenarios 1 and 3) predicted squid biomass to increase

by 9.9% in Scenario 1 (Figure 4.9a) and decrease by 7.8% in Scenario 3 (Figure 4.9c).

Predicted juvenile herbivorous fish biomass almost doubled for Scenario 1 (+92%) and

more than halved in Scenario 3 (-62%). Intermediate scenarios (Scenarios 2 and 4)

resulted in predicted squid biomass increasing by 26% (Scenario 2; Figure 4.9b) and

0 20 40 60 80 100

SquidPhytoplankton

EchinodermCrustacean (meso)Annelid/Nematode

MolluscSargassum

Fish spp.Detritus

SedimentCrustacean (micro)Lethrinus spp. (juv)

TurtlesNonfleshy algae

OctopusL. nebulosus (juv)

Lethrinus spp. (ad)Carnivorous fish (juv)

ZooplanktonFleshy macroalgaeSponge/BryozoanL. nebulosus (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Carnivorous fish (ad)Reef Sharks

DolphinsHerbivorous fish (ad)Herbivorous fish (juv)

% changea)0 100 200 300

SquidPhytoplankton

EchinodermCrustacean (meso)Annelid/Nematode

MolluscSargassum

Fish spp.Detritus

SedimentCrustacean (micro)

Nonfleshy algaeTurtles

Lethrinus spp. (juv)Octopus

L. nebulosus (juv)Carnivorous fish (juv)

Lethrinus spp. (ad)Fleshy macroalgae

ZooplanktonSponge/BryozoanL. nebulosus (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish…Carnivorous fish (ad)

Reef SharksDolphins

Herbivorous fish (juv)Herbivorous fish (ad)

% changeb)

-100 -50 0

Herbivorous fish (juv)Herbivorous fish (ad)

DolphinsReef Sharks

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Fleshy macroalgaeSponge/Bryozoan

Carnivorous fish (ad)L. nebulosus (ad)Nonfleshy algae

Carnivorous fish (juv)Turtles

OctopusL. nebulosus (juv)

Crustacean (micro)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

ZooplanktonSediment

Lethrinus spp. (juv)Sargassum

DetritusFish spp.Mollusc

Annelid/NematodeEchinoderm

Crustacean (meso)Phytoplankton

Squid

% changec)-100 -50 0

Herbivorous fish (juv)Herbivorous fish (ad)

Fleshy macroalgaeNonfleshy algae

DolphinsZoobenthivorous fish (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Sponge/BryozoanL. nebulosus (ad)

TurtlesCarnivorous fish (ad)

Reef SharksSargassum

Crustacean (micro)Carnivorous fish (juv)

L. nebulosus (juv)Sediment

OctopusLethrinus spp. (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

DetritusFish spp.Mollusc

ZooplanktonEchinoderm

Annelid/NematodeCrustacean (meso)

PhytoplanktonSquid

% changed)

Page 110: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

110

decreasing by 15% (Scenario 4; Figure 4.9d), while predictions had adult herbivorous fish

biomass increasing by 254% (Scenario 2) and juvenile herbivorous fish biomass

decreasing by 97% (Scenario 4).

All the major recreational fish groups were predicted to undergo moderate increases or

decreases in biomass with the respective linear increase or decrease in PPr. Adult

L. nebulosus biomass was predicted to increase by 33% in Scenario 1 (Figure 4.9a) and

85% in Scenario 2 (Figure 4.9b) while decreasing by the 33% and 85% for Scenarios 3

(Figure 4.9c) and 4 (Figure 4.9d), respectively. Similar patterns emerged for juvenile L.

nebulosus and both stanzas of Lethrinus spp.

Scenarios involving a collapse in productivity showed a different pattern to those for

linear changes (Figure 4.10a-c). After the 35-year simulation, the magnitude of the impact

was markedly less than the linear scenarios, with top predators (dolphins, reef sharks) and

both herbivorous fish stanzas the most severely impacted in all three grades of sudden

change. The biomass of the dolphin group was the most affected in all three scenarios,

with decreases of 2.3% in the lowest increase in PPr scenario (Scenario 5; Figure 4.10a),

21% in the intermediate scenario (Scenario 6; Figure 4.10b), and 45% in the extreme

scenario (Scenario 7; Figure 4.10c). All fish groups targeted by recreational fishers

showed small, positive biomass gains up to 2050, however this is not representative of

the true dynamics of the simulation (see below).

Scenarios Acting on Fishing Effort

Forcing functions were applied to targeted fish species by modifying fishing effort. Low

(±20%), intermediate (±50%) and extreme (> ±100%) scenarios were applied to assess

the impact of recreational fishers on the biomass of fish species. The magnitude of effects

on fishing effort were much smaller than those predicted by altering primary production

rates. The pattern of change in biomass of the functional groups was similar across all

Page 111: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

111

-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5

DolphinsReef Sharks

Herbivorous fish (ad)Herbivorous fish (juv)

SquidPhytoplankton

Crustacean (meso)Zooplankton

Annelid/NematodeLethrinus spp. (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

OctopusEchinoderm

DetritusCarnivorous fish (juv)

Fleshy macroalgaeMollusc

Crustacean (micro)Carnivorous fish (ad)

L. nebulosus (juv)Sponge/Bryozoan

Fish spp.Sediment

TurtlesZoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Nonfleshy algaeL. nebulosus (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Sargassum

% changeb)-3 -2 -1 0 1

DolphinsReef Sharks

Herbivorous fish (ad)Herbivorous fish (juv)

SquidCrustacean (meso)

PhytoplanktonZooplankton

Annelid/NematodeOctopus

Lethrinus spp. (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

Carnivorous fish (juv)Echinoderm

MolluscDetritus

Fleshy macroalgaeCrustacean (micro)

Fish spp.Sponge/BryozoanL. nebulosus (juv)

SedimentNonfleshy algae

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Carnivorous fish (ad)

TurtlesZoobenthivorous fish (ad)

SargassumL. nebulosus (ad)

% changea)-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10

DolphinsHerbivorous fish (ad)

Reef SharksHerbivorous fish (juv)

SquidPhytoplankton

ZooplanktonCrustacean (meso)Annelid/NematodeLethrinus spp. (juv)

Carnivorous fish (ad)Detritus

EchinodermCarnivorous fish (juv)

TurtlesFleshy macroalgaeCrustacean (micro)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

L. nebulosus (juv)Mollusc

Sponge/BryozoanOctopus

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Fish spp.

SedimentL. nebulosus (ad)Nonfleshy algae

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Sargassum

% changec)

Figure 4.10 Ecosim scenarios for the Coral Bay model, where forcing functions were applied to primary production rate (PPr) over 5 or 20 years and allowed to run for a total of 35

years before predicted values were assessd against a base model with no forcing function. Forcing functions applied were: a) 50% sudden decrease in PPr with a recovery after 5 years,

b) 50% sudden decrease in PPr with recovery after 20 years, c) 90% sudden decrease in PPr with recovery after 20 years. The figures correspond to scenarios 5-7 in Table 4.4.

Page 112: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

112

scales of change, with only the magnitude and the ranking of groups changing (Figure

4.11a-f).

All changes to fishing effort predicted the largest effect on adult L. nebulosus biomass

with an inverse effect on octopus biomass (Figure 4.11a-f). A small (±20%) increase

(Scenario 8; Figure 4.11a) or decrease (Scenario 11; Figure 4.11b) in fishing effort was

predicted to have a negligible (< 1%) impact on the biomass of all groups, while an

intermediate (±50%) increase (Scenario 9; Figure 4.11c) or decrease (Scenario 12; Figure

4.11d) in fishing effort was predicted to change the biomass of all groups by less than

3%. In the most extreme scenario, where the fishing effort was increased by 200%

(Scenario 10; Figure 4.11e), the model predicted decreases of 10% in adult L. nebulosus

biomass and 4.5% in adult carnivorous fish biomass, with a predicted 8.2% increase in

octopus biomass. All other groups were predicted to change by less than 5%. Simulating

the introduction of a sanctuary zone through complete cessation of fishing effort

(Scenario 13; Figure 4.11f) predicted an increase in the biomasses of adult L. nebulosus

(4.9%) and adult carnivorous fish species (2.3%) with a predicted decrease of 3.6% in

octopus biomass. All other functional groups were predicted to change by less than ±2%.

Combined Scenarios

A combination of forcing functions from both the primary producer and recreational

fisher scenarios were applied to the EwE model to assess if a mixture of factors would

have a compounding effect on functional groups. Intermediate forcing functions where

both fishing effort and rate of primary production were changed by ±50% were evaluated.

When the Ecosim output was compared to the stable model (i.e. the base model with no

forcing functions applied; Figure 4.4) the predicted change in biomass closely resembled

scenarios 2 and 4, where only primary production was affected (Scenarios 2 & 4; Figure

4.9b,d). Therefore, due to the strong influence of primary producers, the summary

Page 113: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

113

Figure 4.11 Ecosim scenarios for the Coral Bay model where linear forcing functions were applied to recreational

fishing effort (RFE) over 20 years and allowed to run for a further 15 years before predicted values were assessed

against a base model with no forcing function. Forcing functions applied were: a) 20% linear increase in RFE, b)

20% linear decrease in RFE, c) 50% linear increase in RFE, d) 50% linear decrease in RFE, e) 200% increase in

RFE f) cessation of RFE (sanctuary zone). The figures correspond to scenarios 8-13 in Table 4.4.

-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1

L. nebulosus (ad)Carnivorous fish (ad)

Crustacean (micro)Dolphins

L. nebulosus (juv)Reef Sharks

Carnivorous fish (juv)Nonfleshy algae

TurtlesSediment

SargassumSponge/Bryozoan

DetritusFleshy macroalgae

ZooplanktonPhytoplankton

Herbivorous fish (ad)Echinoderm

Herbivorous fish (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Lethrinus spp. (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Annelid/NematodeCrustacean (meso)

SquidLethrinus spp. (juv)

Fish spp.MolluscOctopus

% changea)

-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1

OctopusMollusc

Fish spp.Lethrinus spp. (juv)

SquidCrustacean (meso)Annelid/Nematode

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Herbivorous fish (juv)

EchinodermHerbivorous fish (ad)

PhytoplanktonZooplankton

Fleshy macroalgaeDetritus

Sponge/BryozoanSargassum

SedimentTurtles

Nonfleshy algaeCarnivorous fish (juv)

Reef SharksL. nebulosus (juv)

DolphinsCrustacean (micro)

Carnivorous fish (ad)L. nebulosus (ad)

% changeb)

-3 -2 -1 0 1 2

L. nebulosus (ad)Carnivorous fish (ad)

Crustacean (micro)Dolphins

L. nebulosus (juv)Reef Sharks

Carnivorous fish (juv)Nonfleshy algae

TurtlesSediment

SargassumSponge/Bryozoan

DetritusFleshy macroalgae

ZooplanktonPhytoplankton

Herbivorous fish (ad)Echinoderm

Herbivorous fish (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Lethrinus spp. (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Annelid/NematodeCrustacean (meso)

SquidLethrinus spp. (juv)

Fish spp.MolluscOctopus

% changec)-2 -1 0 1 2 3

OctopusMollusc

Fish spp.Lethrinus spp. (juv)

SquidCrustacean (meso)Annelid/Nematode

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Herbivorous fish (juv)

EchinodermHerbivorous fish (ad)

PhytoplanktonZooplankton

Fleshy macroalgaeDetritus

Sponge/BryozoanSargassum

SedimentTurtles

Nonfleshy algaeCarnivorous fish (juv)

Reef SharksL. nebulosus (juv)

DolphinsCrustacean (micro)

Carnivorous fish (ad)L. nebulosus (ad)

% changed)

-10 -5 0 5 10

L. nebulosus (ad)Carnivorous fish (ad)

Crustacean (micro)L. nebulosus (juv)

DolphinsReef Sharks

Carnivorous fish (juv)Nonfleshy algae

TurtlesSediment

SargassumSponge/Bryozoan

DetritusFleshy macroalgae

ZooplanktonPhytoplankton

Herbivorous fish (ad)Echinoderm

Herbivorous fish (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Lethrinus spp. (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

Annelid/NematodeCrustacean (meso)

SquidLethrinus spp. (juv)

Fish spp.MolluscOctopus

% changee)-4 -2 0 2 4 6

OctopusMollusc

Fish spp.Lethrinus spp. (juv)

SquidCrustacean (meso)Annelid/Nematode

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Herbivorous fish (juv)

EchinodermHerbivorous fish (ad)

PhytoplanktonZooplankton

Fleshy macroalgaeDetritus

Sponge/BryozoanSargassum

SedimentTurtles

Nonfleshy algaeCarnivorous fish (juv)

Reef SharksL. nebulosus (juv)

DolphinsCrustacean (micro)

Carnivorous fish (ad)L. nebulosus (ad)

% changef)

Page 114: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

114

Figure 4.12 Ecosim scenarios for the Coral Bay model where linear forcing functions were applied to both primary

production rate (PPr) and recreational fishing effort (RFE) over 20 years and allowed to run for a further 15 years

before predicted values were assessed against the relevant PPr scenario. Forcing functions applied were: a) 50%

linear increase in RFE with a 50% linear increase in PPr, b) 50% linear increase in RFE with a 50% linear decrease

in PPr, c) 50% linear decrease in RFE with a 50% linear increase in PPr, d) 50% linear decrease in RFE with a

50% linear decrease in PPr. The figures correspond to scenarios 14-17 in Table 4.4.

figures for the combined scenarios (Figure 4.12a-d) are shown as the percent change from

the primary producer scenario that was used, rather than from the base model where no

forcing functions were applied. This gave a better indication of the impact of fishing in

the simulation.

When both fishing effort and PPr had a 50% linear increase applied (Scenario 14) the

overall biomass of adult L. nebulosus was predicted to increase by 83% from the base

model; however, when compared to Scenario 2 (Figure 4.9b), there was a predicted

decrease in adult L. nebulosus biomass of 1.3% (Figure 4.12a), showing that the change

-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1

L. nebulosus (ad)Carnivorous fish (ad)

DolphinsReef Sharks

Crustacean (micro)L. nebulosus (juv)

Nonfleshy algaeTurtles

SedimentSargassum

Sponge/BryozoanDetritus

Herbivorous fish (ad)Fleshy macroalgae

ZooplanktonPhytoplankton

EchinodermCarnivorous fish (juv)Herbivorous fish (juv)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Annelid/NematodeLethrinus spp. (juv)Crustacean (meso)

SquidFish spp.MolluscOctopus

% changea)

-15 -10 -5 0 5

L. nebulosus (ad)Carnivorous fish (ad)

L. nebulosus (juv)Crustacean (micro)

Carnivorous fish (juv)Nonfleshy algae

TurtlesDolphins

SedimentSponge/Bryozoan

Reef SharksSargassum

DetritusPhytoplankton

ZooplanktonHerbivorous fish (ad)

SquidFleshy macroalgae

Herbivorous fish (juv)Echinoderm

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)

Fish spp.Annelid/NematodeLethrinus spp. (ad)Crustacean (meso)Lethrinus spp. (juv)

MolluscOctopus

% changeb)

-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5

OctopusMollusc

Fish spp.Squid

Crustacean (meso)Lethrinus spp. (juv)Annelid/Nematode

Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Herbivorous fish (juv)

EchinodermPhytoplankton

Carnivorous fish (juv)Zooplankton

Fleshy macroalgaeHerbivorous fish (ad)

DetritusSponge/Bryozoan

SargassumSediment

TurtlesNonfleshy algae

L. nebulosus (juv)Crustacean (micro)

Reef SharksDolphins

Carnivorous fish (ad)L. nebulosus (ad)

% changec) -10 -5 0 5 10 15

OctopusMollusc

Lethrinus spp. (juv)Lethrinus spp. (ad)Crustacean (meso)

Fish spp.Annelid/Nematode

Zoobenthivorous fish (ad)Zoobenthivorous fish (juv)

EchinodermSquid

Herbivorous fish (juv)Fleshy macroalgae

Herbivorous fish (ad)Zooplankton

PhytoplanktonDetritus

SargassumReef Sharks

Sponge/BryozoanSedimentDolphins

TurtlesNonfleshy algae

Carnivorous fish (juv)L. nebulosus (juv)

Crustacean (micro)Carnivorous fish (ad)

L. nebulosus (ad)

% changed)

Page 115: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

115

in PPr accounted for approximately 87% of the increase. The predicted change from the

base model for all other groups ranged from a 14% decline for squid biomass to a 97%

decline for juvenile herbivorous fish biomass; though when compared to Scenario 3, the

predicted change in biomass was < 1% for these groups (Figure 4.12a).

Scenario 15 combined a 50% linear increase in fishing effort (Scenario 9) with a 50%

linear decrease in primary production (Scenario 4). When compared to the base model,

adult L. nebulosus biomass was predicted to decrease by 87%, and by 13% when

compared to Scenario 4 (Figure 4.12b). Other groups that were predicted to be impacted

included adult carnivorous fish (-6.3%), juvenile L. nebulosus (-5.2%), micro-crustaceans

(-4.6%), molluscs (2.3%) and octopus (6.7%). All other groups were predicted to change

by < 2% (Figure 4.12b).

Scenario 16 had a combination of a 50% linear decline in fishing effort (Scenario 12) with

a 50% linear increase in PPr (Scenario 2). Though the difference in predicted biomass

from the base model ranged from increases of 26% (squid) to 253% (adult herbivorous

fish), when compared to Scenario 2 (Figure 4.9c), the predicted change due to decreased

fishing effort was < 2% for all groups ranging from a decrease of 0.7% in the octopus

group to an increase of 1.2% in the adult L. nebulosus group (Figure 4.12c).

Scenario 17 combined a 50% linear decrease in both fishing effort (Scenario 12) and

primary production (Scenario 4). When compared to the base model, the greatest

predicted change in biomass was for juvenile herbivorous fish (97%) with the smallest

decrease in biomass occurring in squid (15%). When compared to the output from

scenario 4 to isolate the impact of reduced fishing effort, the biomass changed very little

(<2%) and the greatest changes in predicted biomasses were all less than 10%, except for

a predicted 14% increase in adult L. nebulosus (Figure 4.12d).

Page 116: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

116

4.4 Discussion

An Ecopath model was constructed for a small lagoon region, south of Coral Bay, that

was representative of lagoon habitats in the southern Ningaloo Marine Park (NMP) in

north-western Australia. The primary focus for the model was to examine the trophic role

of macroalgal beds within the system, since little is known about their significance as a

food source to fish species that play an important role in structuring the ecosystem and as

a target of the recreational fishing sector in the region. Primary producers dominate the

biomass in the system (Table 4.1) and comprised a large proportion (72.2%) of the

consumption of trophic level I (TL I) organisms, though they were not an important

dietary component for multi-stanza fish species (Figure 4.2). Detritus made up the largest

gross primary producer biomass (70 t.km-2.yr-1) though Sargassum comprised the largest

living primary producer biomass, both per area of habitat (360 t.km-2.yr-1) and the overall

extent of the modelled area (64.8 t.km-2.yr-1; Table 4.1).

The results of the Coral Bay Ecopath model were compared to other models in the region

(Ningaloo (N), North-West Shelf (NWS), and Western Tropical Pacific Ocean (WTPO)

Ecopath models) and overseas (Eritrea (E), British Virgin Islands (BVI), Huizache-

Caimanero (HC), and Bolinao (B) Ecopath models). While ratios that incorporated

invertebrate data indicated that their biomass was relatively low in the Coral Bay model,

other indices were comparable to models for similar systems (Table 4.5). The pedigree

index was moderate to low, even though the dietary data for 10 of the 29 groups was

excellent, highlighting the lack of biological data for many organisms in the Ningaloo

lagoon ecosystem, particularly cryptic groups.

An Ecosim model was constructed to simulate changes to both low and high trophic levels

to assess how changes in primary production rate and fishing effort impacted the overall

fish biomass (Figures 4.9, 4.11). The results of these simulations indicated that changes

in macroalgal production rate contributed more to predicted effects on fish biomass than

Page 117: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

117

changes in fishing effort (Figure 4.12). This shows that, at current levels, the fishing

pressure seems to be sustainable and moderate increases or decreases in effort would have

no long-term impact on adult fish biomass. However, it should be noted that this model

was designed to examine trophic dynamics more than the influence of fishing, and as a

consequence, the predictions on changes in fishing effort require further examination.

4.4.1 Characteristics of the Macroalgal System

The system was characterised by high levels of benthic primary producer biomass

(123.1 t.km-2) compared to other Western Australian coastal models (Ningaloo:

8.8 t.km-2; NWS: 64.0 t.km-2), and benthic producers which comprised 66.6% of the total

biomass in the modelled system (excluding detritus). While this value is high when

compared to coral reef systems worldwide (Steneck and Dethier 1994; Bruno et al. 2009),

it is the paradigm for lagoon areas of the NMP (Cassata and Collins 2008; Doropoulos et

al. 2013; Kobryn et al. 2013; Fulton et al. 2014), and is much lower than the overseas

comparison models (Aliño et al. 1993; Opitz 1996; Zetina-Rejón et al. 2003; Tsehaye and

Nagelkerke 2008). The value is much higher than for the Ningaloo EwE model, because

the Coral Bay model is confined to a nearshore region in the south of the NMP where the

biomass of Sargassum spp. has been shown to be up to 3-times higher than the biomass

in lagoon areas of the northern NMP (Fulton et al. 2014). The modelled area is also

contained within the backreef and lagoon of the Ningaloo Reef system and does not

incorporate reef flat or reef slope areas, where herbivorous species are more abundant and

benthic algae biomass is lower (Cassata and Collins 2008; Downie et al. 2013;

Doropoulos et al. 2013).

The estimated consumption of primary producers by higher trophic levels comprised

72.2% of the total consumption of TL I groups, showing primary producers make up a

large segment at the base of the food web in this system. The transfer efficiency from

primary producer groups (8.7%) is relatively low when compared to the open ocean

Page 118: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

118

system (WTPO = 18.7%), though comparable to other coral reef systems (B = 9.5%, BVI

= 9.3%, HC = 7.0%); and, when looking at global trends in EwE models it is comparable

to the median value for other Indian Ocean models, which are typically shallow-water

systems, characterised by lower mean transfer efficiency (Heymans et al. 2014). This may

be explained by higher flow to detritus and more benthic interactions at low efficiency in

lagoon, estuary and bay systems (Heymans et al. 2014), a trend that is evident in the Coral

Bay system with a greater proportion of TL II flow going to detritus than being consumed

by predators (Figure 4.7).

It should be noted though, that care must be taken with comparing models, since there

may be problems with comparisons of different numbers of functional groups and

different methods of parameterisation (Baird et al. 1991; Freire et al. 2008; Loneragan et

al. 2010). Six of the seven comparison models have similar numbers of functional groups

to the Coral Bay model, though the Ningaloo model has many more.

4.4.2 Ecosim Simulations

When forcing functions were combined in simulating a scenario, changes to macroalgal

production accounted for more of the change in biomass of the functional group than

changes to fishing effort (Figure 4.12). This is evidence of the importance of primary

producers in driving the interactions in this ecosystem, though this differs from the

findings of several studies where fish biomass was responsible for controlling algal

biomass over small scales (Vergés et al. 2011; Vergés et al. 2012; Johansson 2012;

Michael et al. 2013).

Scenarios Acting on Primary Productivity

A slow, linear increase or decrease in primary production over 20 years predicted that the

biomass of herbivorous fish, both juveniles and adults, would be most affected, with flow-

on effects to higher level predators (reef sharks, dolphins) (Figure 4.9). In the medium-

Page 119: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

119

term (until year 2050), the slower, linear changes in primary productivity predicted a

larger, more sustained impact on the biomass of functional groups than a sudden, large

(up to 90%) change in productivity that recovered over 5 to 20 years (Figure 4.10). The

relationship between medium-term changes in macroalgal productivity and the biomass

of all functional groups indicates the importance of macroalgae at the base of the food

web in the Coral bay lagoon system. The lack of medium-term effects on the biomass of

functional groups when macroalgal productivity recovers illustrates the stability of the

lagoon ecosystem in the southern NMP, where macroalgae is an essential component and

a natural part of the ecosystem (Vroom et al. 2006; Tolentino-Pablico et al. 2008; Bruno

et al. 2009; Wismer et al. 2009; Wilson et al. 2010; Johansson et al. 2010; Vergés et al.

2012; Hoey et al. 2013; Wernberg et al. 2013; Bruno et al. 2014; Evans et al. 2014;

Wilson et al. 2014). This has implications for temperate systems where tropical algal

species are dominating temperate species (Wernberg et al. 2016), and indicates that the

tropical species will be difficult to shift once they become stabilised.

The ability for the macroalgal biomass to return to high levels after a large decline aligns

well with research predicting difficulty in reverting to a coral-dominated system from a

macroalgal-dominated one due to a phase shift (Mumby et al. 2007; Nyström et al. 2008;

Norström et al. 2009). There are predictions that warming sea temperatures will

contribute to phase shifts from coral- to algal-dominated ecosystems (Hughes 2003;

Pandolfi et al. 2011), as well as a rise of sea temperatures above the thermal tolerance of

algal species resulting in a decline in biomass (Ateweberhan et al. 2006; Wernberg et al.

2012; Harley et al. 2012; Wernberg et al. 2016; Poore et al. 2016). Based on the limited

system modelled here, an increase in sea temperatures, within the thermal tolerance range

of algal groups in the lagoon, has the potential to increase biomass of recreationally

important fish species as algal biomass increases (Brown et al. 2010) (Figure 4.9a-b).

However, if sea temperatures rise above the thermal tolerance of the algae and primary

Page 120: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

120

production rates decline by 50% from the levels modelled here, then 27 of the 29

functional groups in the system are predicted to have massive (>50%) declines in biomass

(Figure 4.9d).

The predictions from the rapid loss of PPr scenarios (scenarios 5-7; Figure 4.10) revealed

that there were relatively small changes in the predicted biomass of most functional

groups after the 35-year simulation. However, this was due to the rapid stabilisation of

functional groups after primary productivity rates returned to their base levels after 5 or

20 years (Figure 4.13a-c). Figure 4.13a shows how L. nebulosus stanzas had a predicted

decline of 40-60%, but had recovered to normal levels after approximately 10 years, 5

years after primary production rates returned to normal levels. Herbivorous fishes were

predicted to be slower to recover (Figure 4.13b) and there was a distinct lag between

Sargassum spp. recovery and the recovery of herbivorous fish biomass which had still

not recovered in 2050, when the output data was taken. Though it is not shown in these

figures, due to the difficulty in distinguishing groups when too many are plotted, top

predators such as reef shark and dolphin groups were even slower in their recovery

explaining why their biomass was the most affected in these scenarios. In reality, the

decline in these groups would likely be due to them emigrating from the model

boundaries, rather than a large-scale decline in biomass (Wilson, DPaW, pers. comm.).

When the biomass of a group falls below a threshold, a phase shift can occur and the

group will not recover to levels observed before the disturbance leading to an alternative

stable state (Knowlton 1992; Scheffer et al. 2001; Norström et al. 2009). This did not

happen in these scenarios, even when the rate of primary production dropped by 90% for

a sustained period, and algal biomass was reduced by 100% for more than 15 years

(Figure 4.13c). This either indicates that the system is both resistant to disturbances and

resilient in recovering from them, or that there is a deficiency in the model and it is not

accurately reflecting “real world” situations. Sargassum biomass is known to have

Page 121: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

121

seasonal peaks and troughs in biomass, decreasing by up to 90% under cooler sea

temperatures at Ningaloo Reef (Fulton et al. 2014) and the Great Barrier Reef (Vuki and

Price 1994), and warmer temperatures in the Red Sea (Ateweberhan et al. 2006);

however, it recovers the following season, indicating that the simulations predicted under

this model are relevant even for extreme declines in productivity.

Figure 4.13 Selected functional group dynamics in three scenarios where primary production rates

collapsed by a) 50% (5-year recovery), b) 50% (20-year recovery), and c) 90% (20-year recovery)

for the Coral Bay model.

Page 122: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

122

Scenarios Acting on Fishing Effort

Changes to fishing effort had the largest impacts on adult L. nebulosus, with flow-on

effects to their main prey groups, including molluscs, fish spp., octopus, squid, annelid,

and meso-crustacean groups, which were consistently impacted inversely to the change

in L. nebulosus biomass (Figure 4.11). These items are the main components in the diets

of adult L. nebulosus (Figure 4.2) and are responding to the increase or decrease in

predator biomass. Under the most extreme scenarios the magnitude of predicted change

in adult L. nebulosus biomass underwent relatively low fluctuations, ranging from a

decline of 10% under a 200% increase in fishing effort, to an increase of 4.9% under a

complete cessation of fishing effort (Figure 4.11e-f). This indicates either that the fishing

pressure is sustainable and not having a long-term impact on fish biomass, even when

effort changes dramatically, the seasonal nature of the fishing effort is akin to temporal

closures of the fishery (Department of Fisheries 2010; Fouzai et al. 2012) allowing

targeted species to maintain the biomass over large changes in fishing effort, or the fished

stocks are so low that there is not enough biomass for biomass to recover in the absence

of fishing effort (Alexander et al. 2015). The first option is unlikely, since the Gascoyne

demersal scalefish resources have been classified as moderate to high risk from the fishery

(Department of Fisheries 2015). Surprisingly, while a small increase in fishing effort was

predicted to have adverse effects on L. nebulosus carnivorous fish stanzas, the predicted

impacts on other target species (Lethrinus spp., squid) were positive (Figure 4.11).

Though these predictions may be explained in several ways (e.g. the fishery was

underexploited, base levels of exploitation for the groups in question were set too low in

the model, a reduction in predator (L. nebulosus) biomass resulted in lower natural

mortality (Hinke et al. 2004; Mohammed et al. 2008), or a reduction in the biomass of

competitors for food resources permitted the group to take advantage of the extra

resources (Mohammed et al. 2008)). However, the parameterisation of the model may

Page 123: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

123

also have contributed to this low sensitivity of the simulations to changes in fishing effort.

Analysis of the Ecosim input revealed that these results were probably due to having a

combination of non-zero feeding time adjustment for juvenile multi-stanza groups, a fixed

period in the juvenile stanza, and high EE that is sensitive to changes in predator feeding

time (Christensen and Walters 2004). This combination creates compensatory recruitment

and compensatory natural mortality, mechanisms that sustain fisheries yields when

fishing reduces the stock size (Christensen and Walters 2004), a recognised weakness in

the model structure (Plagányi and Butterworth 2004). This model was set up to examine

trophic linkages and interactions within the lagoon ecosystem: the recreational fishery

component was included as a contrast to the primary production scenarios, and did not

incorporate time series data from single species stock assessments, that would have been

used to tune the model (e.g. rock lobster data in Lozano-Montes et al. 2013) and enhance

predictions (Christensen et al. 2008). Therefore, the predictions produced by this model,

especially in relation to scenarios involving changes to fishing effort, should be assessed

with caution in terms of utility for management decisions. The settings of the model and

their influence on the simulations of different scenarios should also be reviewed in future

model developments.

Combined Scenarios

All combined scenarios were compared to the relevant increasing or decreasing primary

productivity forcing scenario because most of the changes in biomass were driven by the

change in primary productivity, as shown below. Due to the issues in model

parameterisation, and the emphasis on understanding trophic dynamics, the predictions

on the significance of fishing pressure should be interpreted with caution. Under the

combined scenarios, where the primary productivity increased, it slightly moderated the

impact of the change in fishing pressure. For example, instead of L. nebulosus biomass

decreasing by 2.5% under a 50% increase in fishing pressure (Scenario 9), it decreased

Page 124: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

124

by about 1.3% (Figures 4.11-4.12). In the combined scenario where primary productivity

decreased and fishing pressure increased, there was a larger decline in L. nebulosus

biomass (13%) than in the model where only fishing pressure changed (2.5%).

This indicates that the algal biomass, including non-fleshy algae, fleshy macroalgae and

Sargassum, determine the biomass of fish and other organisms in this system. Intuitively,

one would assume that this would result in a higher abundance of herbivorous fish on the

macroalgal beds within the lagoon than is currently seen. However, the macroalgal habitat

does not provide enough protection for the larger-bodied fish, and most of the herbivorous

adult fish are located closer to reef habitat for more complex structure (Vergés et al.

2011).

4.4.3 Evaluation of Model Performance

Parameterisation

The composition of predation and consumption in several of the functional groups is not

always intuitive (e.g. low algal component in echinoderm group, high detritus component

in carnivorous fish stanzas; Figures 4.1, 4.5-4.6). The echinoderm functional group in

the model was established based on diet composition, with Ophiuroids (brittle stars) as

the dominant group (Ch. 3). The high detritus component in the carnivorous fish was a

result of the dietary analyses conducted as part of this study in Chapter 3. Rather than

being detritus per se, it was probably digested animal material that could not be identified,

since the species analysed would not be expected to consume detritus (Wilson, DPaW,

pers. comm.). For future updates of this model the detritus component could be removed

from those juvenile fish groups.

The ratio of invertebrate to teleost biomass was very low when compared to other models

(Table 4.5), indicating that the invertebrate biomass may be underestimated or the teleost

biomass may be overestimated. The ratio of primary producers to invertebrates was also

Page 125: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

125

high when compared to most other selected models. When viewed together, this indicates

that the invertebrate biomass used for the model was too low for the system. This may be

due to several of the biomass values for the invertebrate groups being sourced from

Gourdon Bay in the Kimberley, in the north of Western Australia (Keesing et al. 2011).

This is an area with a high diversity of macroalgae, though lower biomass than the NMP

(Keesing et al. 2011; Fulton et al. 2014). Since many of the micro-crustaceans may be

associated with macroalgal habitat (Martin-Smith 1993; Peart 2004), this may have

resulted in underestimates of biomass. The sediment structure may also differ between

Gourdon Bay and the NMP lagoon, resulting in differing biomasses for infaunal

invertebrates (annelids, micro-crustaceans, echinoderms) (Przeslawski et al. 2013).

Therefore, improved data for invertebrates from the macroalgal habitat and sediment core

samples in the NMP lagoon would improve this parameter for future modelling.

Pedigree of the Data

The use of detailed, dietary data from juvenile fish that associate with macroalgal beds

was a novel component of this model, and potentially improved the pedigree and quality

of local data from the Ningaloo Ecopath model. The pedigree index for the Coral Bay

model (0.31) was intermediate to low, though comparable to 40% of a global sample of

EwE models (Morissette 2007) (Figure 4.14). The quality of the input data for the Coral

Bay model was excellent for multi-stanza dietary data, habitat area biomass of octopus

and macroalgal groups, and the production/biomass ratio of Sargassum (Figure 4.3). It is

difficult to quantify whether the Coral Bay Ecopath model is an improvement on the

Ningaloo Ecopath model, since the Ningaloo model did not have a pedigree index, and

the literature associated with the model does not provide sources for the data (Jones et al.

2011; Fulton et al. 2011).

Page 126: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

126

The use of local dietary data will have enhanced dietary parameters; however, data were

limited for the diets of non-fish groups, the consumption/biomass ratios of juvenile fish

groups, and the habitat area biomass of macrofauna (sharks, dolphins, turtles), squid,

mollusc, meso-crustacean, zooplankton, non-fleshy algae, phytoplankton, sediment and

detritus groups (Figure 4.3), mainly non-charismatic species. Even for models of very

high pedigree (e.g. 0.72 in Jurien Bay; Loneragan et al. 2010), the authors recommend

that parameters need to be reviewed and included as new data becomes available

(Loneragan et al. 2010). It is essential to have local data in order to analyse local issues

(Metcalf et al. 2009), but highly complex ecosystems make it difficult to quantify data

for species that are cryptic, or are not valued by recreational or commercial industries

(Ainsworth and Pitcher 2005; Menon et al. 2005). This development of the Coral Bay

Ecopath model has reinforced the lack of local knowledge for key biological parameters

in the Ningaloo ecosystem. More information is needed for groups that are not part of the

charismatic megafauna (whale sharks, whales) or commercially and recreationally

important fish species (L. nebulosus) to enhance the detailed dietary data of this model.

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0 - 0.199 0.2 - 0.399 0.4 - 0.599 0.6 - 1.0

Pro

po

rtio

n o

f sa

mp

le

Pedigree index

Figure 4.14 Histogram of the proportion for a range

of pedigree indices from a sample of 50 Ecopath

models globally (Morissette 2007), with the

position of the Coral Bay Ecopath model

represented by the orange point and vertical

dashed line.

Page 127: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

127

4.4.4 Utility for Ecosystem Managers

Ecosystem managers in the Ningaloo Marine Park need to understand the dynamics of

the associated ecosystem and consider the impacts of increasing infrastructure and

development, fishing, changes in habitat health and biomass, and the variable recruitment

of species within the ecosystem (Botsford et al. 1997; Department of Conservation and

Land Management and Marine Parks and Reserves Authority 2005). The use of

ecosystem models allows managers to understand the importance of linkages in an

ecosystem, analyse the effects of processes that impact on those linkages, and facilitate

management decisions for complex ecosystems (Adams et al. 2006; Littler and Littler

2007; Coll et al. 2015).

The Coral Bay Ecopath with Ecosim model has excellent juvenile dietary data, sourced

from macroalgal beds in the Ningaloo reef lagoon. Juvenile data is often a weak link in

ecosystem models (Lozano-Montes, CSIRO, pers. comm.), and this is the first detailed

juvenile fish data available for an EwE model in Western Australia. It will help managers

to understand the linkages between important macroalgal habitat for the juveniles (Wilson

et al. 2010; Evans et al. 2014; Wilson et al. 2014) and the wider ecosystem and illustrates

the importance of benthic production in the Ningaloo lagoon. This provides valuable

information for the conservation of macroalgal habitat in both protected areas and general

use areas.

The model also identifies knowledge gaps for the region, particularly in relation to

biological data for cryptic and non-charismatic species. Improved data for these

functional groups can only increase the precision of predictions, and therefore, the utility

of this model. Predictions could also be enhanced by incorporating an Ecospace

component based on habitat structure and the movement patterns of functional groups.

This could also incorporate the movement of fish with ontogeny to more rugose coral

habitats (Cocheret de la Morinière et al. 2003; Vergés et al. 2011), and the effect of higher

Page 128: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

128

algal biomass on coral biomass (Webster et al. 2015), with the subsequent effects on fish

community composition (Wismer et al. 2009; Wilson et al. 2010; Hoey and Bellwood

2011; Chong-Seng et al. 2012; Rasher et al. 2013; Evans et al. 2014), both of which

would add an extra level of detail to the model.

While this EwE model contains scenarios involving an increase in fishing effort, it was

primarily constructed to examine trophic interactions, and the recreational fishery data

was not verified against time series data for the region. There are several reasons for this,

including the lack of detailed data for the region, particularly for the recreational fishery

(Fletcher and Santoro 2015) and the temporal and budgetary constraints associated with

an Honours project. Therefore, caution should be applied when interpreting the fishing

scenarios produced by this model (Pauly et al. 2000; Plagányi and Butterworth 2004),

and the use of more detailed fisheries data would be better for management decisions

regarding fishing catch and effort.

4.5 Conclusions

Ecopath with Ecosim (EwE) is an extremely useful tool for synthesising information on

a system and the functional groups within it, exploring scenarios of change to it, and

identifying knowledge gaps for future research. The simulations from the extreme EwE

scenarios illustrate the utility of the model for managers, where devastating scenarios can

be run over short timeframes, without damaging the system.

This model has built on the Ningaloo model, and incorporated detailed dietary data for

juvenile fish species that associate with macroalgal beds within the Ningaloo lagoon. By

updating the Ningaloo model with recent, local data along with data from similar regions,

the Coral Bay model has highlighted the importance of benthic primary producers to the

Ningaloo lagoon ecosystem and their role in trophic linkages to recreationally important

fish species.

Page 129: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

129

Though there are still knowledge gaps for many functional groups within the region, the

data for these can be incorporated into the model as they are researched, improving its

pedigree and therefore the precision of its predictions.

Page 130: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

130

REFERENCES

Adams, A. J., Dahlgren, C. P., Kellison, G. T., Kendall, M. S., Layman, C. A., Ley, J. A.,

Nagelkerken, I., and Serafy, J. E. (2006). Nursery function of tropical back-reef

systems. Marine Ecology Progress Series 318, 287–301. doi:10.3354/meps318287

Adams, A. J., Locascio, J. V., and Robbins, B. D. (2004). Microhabitat use by a post-

settlement stage estuarine fish: evidence from relative abundance and predation among

habitats. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 299, 17–33.

doi:10.1016/j.jembe.2003.08.013

Ainsworth, C. H., and Pitcher, T. J. (2005). Using local ecological knowledge in

ecosystem models. In ‘Fisheries Assessment and Management in Data-Limited

Situations’. (Eds G. H. Kruse, V. F. Gallucci, D. E. Hay, R. I. Perry, R. M. Peterman,

T. C. Shirley, P. D. Spencer, B. Wilson, and D. Woodby.) pp. 289–304. (Alaska Sea

Grant College Program, University of Alaska: Fairbanks, U.S.A.)

doi:10.4027/famdis.2005.17

Ainsworth, C. H., Samhouri, J. F., Busch, D. S., Cheung, W. W. L., Dunne, J., and Okey,

T. A. (2011). Potential impacts of climate change on northeast Pacific marine

foodwebs and fisheries. ICES Journal of Marine Science 68, 1217–1229.

doi:10.1093/icesjms/fsr043

Alexander, K. A., Heymans, J. J., Magill, S., Tomczak, M. T., Holmes, S. J., and Wilding,

T. A. (2015). Investigating the recent decline in gadoid stocks in the west of Scotland

shelf ecosystem using a foodweb model. ICES Journal of Marine Science 72, 436–

449.

Aliño, P. M., McManus, L. T., McManus, J. W., Nafiola, C., Fortes, M. D., Trono G. C.,

and Jacinto, G. S. (1993). Initial parameter estimations of a coral reef flat ecosystem

in Bolinao, Pangasinan, northwestern Philippines. In ‘Trophic Models of Aquatic

Ecosystems’. (Eds V. Christensen and D. Pauly.) pp. 252–267. (ICLARM Conference

Procedings.)

Allen, G. R. (2009). ‘Field Guide to Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-East

Asia’ 4th ed. (Western Australian Museum: Perth, Western Australia.)

Allen, G. R., and Swainston, R. (1988). ‘The Marine Fishes of North-Western Australia:

A field guide for anglers and divers’ 3rd ed. (Western Australian Museum: Perth,

Western Australia.)

Almany, G. R. (2004). Differential effects of habitat complexity, predators and

competitors on abundance of juvenile and adult coral reef fishes. Oecologia 141, 105–

13. doi:10.1007/s00442-004-1617-0

Amundsen, P. A., Gabler, H. M., and Staldvik, F. J. (1996). A new approach to graphical

analysis of feeding strategy from stomach contents data: modification of the Costello

(1990) method. Journal of Fish Biology 48, 607–614. doi:10.1006/jfbi.1996.0060

Anderson, T. W. (1994). Role of macroalgal structure in the distribution and abundance

of a temperate reef fish. Marine Ecology Progress Series 113, 279–290.

doi:10.3354/meps113279

Arias-Gonzalez, J. E., Delesalle, B., Salvat, B., and Galzin, R. (1997). Trophic

functioning of the Tiahura reef sector, Moorea Island, French Polynesia. Coral Reefs

16, 231–246. doi:10.1007/s003380050079

Page 131: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

131

Arreguín-Sánchez, F., Valero-Pacheco, E., and Chavez, E. A. (1993). A trophic box

model of the coastal fish communities of the southwestern Gulf of Mexico. In ‘Trophic

Models of Aquatic Ecosystems’. (Eds V. Christensen and D. Pauly.) pp. 197–205.

(ICLARM Conference Procedings.)

Ashworth, E. C., Depczynski, M., Holmes, T. H., and Wilson, S. K. (2014). Quantitative

diet analysis of four mesopredators from a coral reef. Journal of Fish Biology 84,

1031–1045. doi:10.1111/jfb.12343

Ateweberhan, M., Bruggemann, J. H., and Breeman, A. M. (2006). Effects of extreme

seasonality on community structure and functional group dynamics of coral reef algae

in the southern Red Sea (Eritrea). Coral Reefs 25, 391–406. doi:10.1007/s00338-006-

0109-6

Babcock, R. C., Haywood, M., Vanderklift, M. A., Clapin, G., Dennis, D., Skewes, T.,

Milton, D., Murphy, N., Pillans, R. D., and Limbourn, A. (2008). Ecosystem impacts

of human usage and the effectiveness of zoning for biodiversity conservation: broad-

scale fish census. Final analysis and recommendations 2007. CSIRO, Cleveland, Qld.

Baird, D., McGlade, J. M., and Ulanowicz, R. E. (1991). The comparative ecology of six

marine ecosystems. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B:

Biological Sciences 333, 15–29. doi:10.1098/rstb.1991.0058

Barnes, R. S. K., Calow, P., and Olive, P. J. W. (1993). ‘The Invertebrates: A new

synthesis’ 2nd ed. (Blackwell Scientific Publishing: Oxford.)

Barton, M. (2007). ‘Bond’s Biology of Fishes’ 3rd ed. (Thomson Brooks/Cole:

California.)

Beck, M. W., Heck Jr., K. L., Able, K. W., Childers, D. L., Eggleston, D. B., Gillanders,

B. M., Halpern, B. S., Hays, C. G., Hoshino, K., Minello, T. J., Orth, R. J., Sheridan,

P. F., and Weinstein, M. P. (2001). The identification, conservation, and management

of estuarine and marine nurseries for fish and invertebrates. BioScience 51, 633.

doi:10.1641/0006-3568(2001)051[0633:TICAMO]2.0.CO;2

Bellwood, D. R., Hughes, T. P., Folke, C., and Nyström, M. (2004). Confronting the coral

reef crisis. Nature 429, 827–833. doi:10.1038/nature02691

Benavides, A. G., Cancino, J. M., and Ojeda, F. P. (1994a). Ontogenetic change in the

diet of Aplodactylus punctatus (Pisces, Aplodactylidae) - an ecophysiological

explanation. Marine Biology 118, 1–6. doi:10.1007/BF00699213

Benavides, A. G., Cancino, J. M., and Ojeda, F. P. (1994b). Ontogenetic changes in gut

dimensions and macroalgal digestibility in the marine herbivorous fish, Aplodactylus

punctatus. Functional Ecology 8, 46–51. doi:10.2307/2390110

Bessey, C., and Heithaus, M. R. (2015). Ecological niche of an abundant teleost Pelates

octolineatus in a subtropical seagrass ecosystem. Marine Ecology Progress Series 541,

195–204. doi:10.3354/meps11542

Biber, P. D., Harwell, M. A., and Cropper, W. P. (2004). Modeling the dynamics of three

functional groups of macroalgae in tropical seagrass habitats. Ecological Modelling

175, 25–54. doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2003.10.003

Blaber, S. J. M. (2013). Fishes and fisheries in tropical estuaries: the last 10 years.

Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 135, 57–65. doi:10.1016/j.ecss.2012.11.002

Bone, Q., and Moore, R. H. (2008). ‘Biology of Fishes’ 3rd ed. (Taylor and Francis

Page 132: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

132

Group: New York.)

Botsford, L. W., Castilla, J. C., and Peterson, C. H. (1997). The management of fisheries

and marine ecosystems. Science 277, 509–515.

Bowman, R. E. (1986). Effect of regurgitation on stomach content data of marine fishes.

In ‘Contemporary studies on fish feeding: the proceedings of GUTSHOP ’84’. (Eds C.

A. Simenstad and G. M. Cailliet.) pp. 1771–182. (Springer Netherlands.)

Boyer, K. E., Fong, P., Armitage, A. R., and Cohen, R. A. (2004). Elevated nutrient

content of tropical macroalgae increases rates of herbivory in coral, seagrass, and

mangrove habitats. Coral Reefs, 530–538. doi:10.1007/s00338-004-0421-y

Brown, C. J., Fulton, E. A., Hobday, A. J., Matear, R. J., Possingham, H. P., Bulman, C.,

Christensen, V., Forrest, R. E., Gehrke, P. C., Gribble, N. A., Griffiths, S. P., Lozano-

Montes, H., Martin, J. M., Metcalf, S., Okey, T. A., Watson, R., and Richardson, A. J.

(2010). Effects of climate-driven primary production change on marine food webs:

implications for fisheries and conservation. Global Change Biology 16, 1194–1212.

doi:10.1111/j.1365-2486.2009.02046.x

Bruno, J. F., Precht, W. F., Vroom, P. S., and Aronson, R. B. (2014). Coral reef baselines:

how much macroalgae is natural? Marine Pollution Bulletin 80, 24–29.

doi:10.1016/j.marpolbul.2014.01.010

Bruno, J. F., Sweatman, H., Precht, W. F., Selig, E. R., and Schutte, V. G. W. (2009).

Assessing evidence of phase shifts from coral to macroalgal dominance on coral reefs.

Ecology 90, 1478–1484. doi:10.1890/08-1781.1

Bulman, C. (2006). Trophic webs and modelling of Australia’s North West Shelf:

Technical report No. 9. , 85. Available at: file://c/dev/app/pdf-msp\MARINE_478.pdf

Burkepile, D. E., and Hay, M. E. (2011). Feeding complementarity versus redundancy

among herbivorous fishes on a Caribbean reef. Coral Reefs 30, 351–362.

doi:10.1007/s00338-011-0726-6

Carr, M. H. (1989). Effects of macroalgal assemblages on the recruitment of temperate

zone reef fishes. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 126, 59–76.

doi:10.1016/0022-0981(89)90124-X

Cassata, L., and Collins, L. B. (2008). Coral reef communities, habitats, and substrates in

and near sanctuary zones of Ningaloo Marine Park. Journal of Coastal Research 241,

139–151. doi:10.2112/05-0623.1

Chin, A., Sweatman, H., Forbes, S., Perks, H., Walker, R., Jones, G., Williamson, D.,

Evans, R., Hartley, F., Armstrong, S., Malcolm, H., and Edgar, G. (2008). Status of

the Coral Reefs in Australia and Papua New Guinnea. In ‘Status of Coral Reefs of the

World’. (Ed C. Wilkinson.) pp. 159–176. (Global Coral Reef Monitoring Network:

Townsville, Australia.)

Chipps, S. R., and Garvey, J. E. (2007). Assessment of diets and feeding patterns. In

‘Analysis and Interpretation of Freshwater Fisheries Data’. (Eds C. S. Guy and M.

Brown.) pp. 473–514. (American Fisheries Society: Bethesda, Maryland.)

Choat, J. H. (1991). The biology of herbivorous fishes on coral reefs. In ‘The Ecology of

Fishes on Coral Reefs’. (Ed P. F. Sale.) pp. 120–155. (Academic Press, Inc.: San

Diego, California.)

Choat, J. H., Clements, K. D., and Robbins, W. D. (2002). The trophic status of

Page 133: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

133

herbivorous fishes on coral reefs. Marine Biology 140, 613–623. doi:10.1007/s00227-

001-0715-3

Chong-Seng, K. M., Mannering, T. D., Pratchett, M. S., Bellwood, D. R., and Graham,

N. A. J. (2012). The influence of coral reef benthic condition on associated fish

assemblages. PLoS ONE 7, e42167. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0042167

Christensen, V. (2013). Ecological networks in fisheries: predicting the future? Fisheries

38, 76–81. doi:10.1080/03632415.2013.757987

Christensen, V. (2009). Ecopath with Ecosim: linking fisheries and ecology. In

‘Handbook of Ecological Modelling and Informatics’. (Eds S. E. Jorgensen, T.-S.

Chon, and F. Recknagel.) pp. 55–70. (WIT Press: Boston, U.S.A.)

Christensen, V., and Pauly, D. (1992). ECOPATH II: a software for balancing steady-

state ecosystem models and calculating network characteristics. Science 61, 169–185.

Christensen, V., and Walters, C. J. (2004). Ecopath with Ecosim: methods, capabilities

and limitations. Ecological Modelling 172, 109–139.

doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2003.09.003

Christensen, V., Walters, C. J., and Pauly, D. (2005). Ecopath with Ecosim: a user’s

guide. Vancouver, Canada. doi:10.1016/0304-3800(92)90016-8

Christensen, V., Walters, C. J., Pauly, D., and Forrest, R. (2008). Ecopath with Ecosim

version 6 User Guide. Vancouver, Canada. Available at:

http://sources.ecopath.org/trac/Ecopath/wiki/UsersGuide

Clarke, K. R. (1993). Non-parametric multivariate analyses of changes in community

structure. Australian Journal of Ecology 18, 117–143.

Clarke, K. R., Gorley, R. N., Somerfield, P. J., and Warwick, R. M. (2014). ‘Change in

marine communities: an approach to statistical analysis and interpretation’ 3rd ed.

(PRIMER-E: Plymouth, U.K.)

Clarke, K. R., Tweedley, J. R., and Valesini, F. J. (2014). Simple shade plots aid better

long-term choices of data pre-treatment in multivariate assemblage studies. Journal of

the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 94, 1–16.

doi:10.1017/S0025315413001227

Clarke, K. R., and Warwick, R. M. (2001). ‘Change in marine communities: an approach

to statistical analysis and interpretation’ 2nd ed. (PRIMER-E: Plymouth, U.K.)

Clarke, T. A. (1970). Territorial behavior and population dynamics of a Pomacentrid fish,

the Garibaldi, Hypsypops rubicunda. Ecological Monographs 40, 189–212.

Cocheret de la Morinière, E., Nagelkerken, I., van der Velde, G., Pollux, B. J. A.,

Hemminga, M. A., and Huiskes, A. H. L. (2003). Ontogenetic dietary changes of coral

reef fishes in the mangrove-seagrass-reef continuum: stable isotopes and gut-content

analysis. Marine Ecology Progress Series 246, 279–289. doi:10.3354/meps246279

Coll, M., Akoglu, E., Arreguín-Sánchez, F., Fulton, E. A., Gascuel, D., Heymans, J. J.,

Libralato, S., Mackinson, S., Palomera, I., Piroddi, C., Shannon, L. J., Steenbeek, J.,

Villasante, S., and Christensen, V. (2015). Modelling dynamic ecosystems: venturing

beyond boundaries with the Ecopath approach. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries

25, 413–424. doi:10.1007/s11160-015-9386-x

Colléter, M., Valls, A., Guitton, J., Morissette, L., Arreguin-Sánchez, F., Christensen, V.,

Page 134: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

134

Gascuel, D., and Pauly, D. (2013). EcoBase: A repository solution to gather and

communicate information from EwE models. Canada.

Commonwealth of Australia (2006). A guide to The Integrated Marine and Coastal

Regionalisation of Australia: Version 4.0 - June 2006. Canberra, Australia.

Commonwealth of Australia (2016a). Australian climate variability and change: average

maps. Available at: http://www.bom.gov.au/cgi-

bin/climate/change/averagemaps.cgi?map=sst&season=0608 [Verified 15 September

2016]

Commonwealth of Australia (2015a). Climate statistics for Australian locations:

Learmonth Airport. Available at:

http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/averages/tables/cw_005007.shtml [Verified 16

November 2015]

Commonwealth of Australia (2015b). Daily global solar exposure: Learmonth Airport.

Available at:

http://www.bom.gov.au/jsp/ncc/cdio/weatherData/av?p_nccObsCode=193&p_displa

y_type=dailyDataFile&p_stn_num=005007&p_startYear= [Verified 16 November

2015]

Commonwealth of Australia (2016b). Monthly climate statistics. Climate statistics for

Australian locations. Available at:

http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/averages/tables/cw_005007.shtml [Verified 15

September 2016]

Commonwealth of Australia (2015c). Ningaloo Commonwealth Marine Reserve.

Available at: https://www.environment.gov.au/topics/marine/marine-reserves/north-

west/ningaloo [Verified 16 November 2015]

Commonwealth of Australia (2016c). Place details: the Ningaloo coast. Australian

Heritage Database. Available at: http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-

bin/ahdb/search.pl?mode=place_detail;place_id=105881 [Verified 15 September

2016]

Costanza, R., D’Arge, R., de Groot, R., Farber, S., Grasso, M., Hannon, B., Limburg, K.,

Naeem, S., O’Neill, R. V., Paruelo, J., Raskin, R. G., Sutton, P., and van den Belt, M.

(1997). The value of the world’s ecosystem services and natural capital. Nature 387,

253–260. doi:10.1038/387253a0

Costello, M. J. (1990). Predator feeding strategy and prey importance: a new graphical

analysis. Journal of Fish Biology 36, 261–263. doi:10.1111/j.1095-

8649.1990.tb05601.x

Currey, L. M., Williams, A. J., Mapstone, B. D., Davies, C. R., Carlos, G., Welch, D. J.,

Simpfendorfer, C. A., Ballagh, A. C., Penny, A. L., Grandcourt, E. M., Mapleston, A.,

Wiebkin, A. S., and Bean, K. (2013). Comparative biology of tropical Lethrinus

species (Lethrinidae): Challenges for multi-species management. Journal of Fish

Biology 82, 764–788.

Dahlgren, C. P., and Eggleston, D. B. (2000). Ecological processes underlying

ontogenetic habitat shifts in a coral reef fish. Ecology 81, 2227–2240.

doi:10.1890/0012-9658(2000)081[2227:EPUOHS]2.0.CO;2

Dahlgren, C. P., Kellison, G. T., Adams, A. J., Gillanders, B. M., Kendall, M. S., Layman,

C. A., Ley, J. A., Nagelkerken, I., and Serafy, J. E. (2006). Marine nurseries and

Page 135: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

135

effective juvenile habitats: concepts and applications. Marine Ecology Progress Series

312, 291–295. doi:10.3354/meps312291

Dahlgren, C. P., and Marr, J. (2004). Back reef systems: important but overlooked

components of tropical marine ecosystems. Bulletin of Marine Science 75, 145–152.

Dambacher, J. M., Gaughan, D. J., Rochet, M. J., Rossignol, P. A., and Trenkel, V. M.

(2009). Qualitative modelling and indicators of exploited ecosystems. Fish and

Fisheries 10, 305–322. doi:10.1111/j.1467-2979.2008.00323.x

Day, R. D., German, D. P., and Tibbetts, I. R. (2011). Why can’t young fish eat plants?

neither digestive enzymes nor gut development preclude herbivory in the young of a

stomachless marine herbivorous fish. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 158,

23–29. doi:10.1016/j.cbpb.2010.09.010

Debenay, J.-P., Sigura, A., and Justine, J.-L. (2011). Foraminifera in the diet of coral reef

fish from the lagoon of New Caledonia: predation, digestion, dispersion. Revue de

Micropaleontologie 54, 87–103. doi:10.1016/j.revmic.2010.04.001

Department of Conservation and Land Management, W. A. G., and Marine Parks and

Reserves Authority, W. A. G. (2005). Management Plan for the Ningaloo Marine Park

and Muiron Islands Marine Management Area 2005-2015. Fremantle, W.A.

Department of Fisheries, W. A. (2010). West Coast Demersal Scalefish Resource,

Fisheries Management Paper No. 247. Perth, W.A.

Department of Fisheries, W. A. G. (2015). Research, monitoring, assessment and

development plan. Fisheries Occasional Publication. Department of Fisheries, Perth,

Western Australia.

Diaz-Pulido, G., and McCook, L. J. (2003). Relative roles of herbivory and nutrients in

the recruitment of coral-reef seaweeds. Ecology 84, 2026–2033.

Dorenbosch, M. (2006). Connectivity between fish assemblages of seagrass beds,

mangroves and coral reefs. Evidence from the Caribbean and the western Indian

Ocean. Radboud University Nijmegen, The Netherlands. Available at:

http://repository.ubn.kun.nl/bitstream/2066/57039/1/24______.PDF

Dorenbosch, M., Grol, M. G. G., Christianen, M. J. A., Nagelkerken, I., and van der

Velde, G. (2005). Indo-Pacific seagrass beds and mangroves contribute to fish density

and diversity on adjacent coral reefs. Marine Ecology Progress Series 302, 63–76.

Dorenbosch, M., Grol, M. G. G., Nagelkerken, I., and van der Velde, G. (2006). Seagrass

beds and mangroves as nurseries for the threatened Indo-Pacific Humphead wrasse,

Cheilinus undulatus and Caribbean Rainbow parrotfish, Scarus guacamaia. Biological

Conservation 129, 277–282.

Dorenbosch, M., van Riel, M. C., Nagelkerken, I., and van der Velde, G. (2004). The

relationship of reef fish densities to the proximity of mangrove and seagrass nurseries.

Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 60, 37–48.

Doropoulos, C., Hyndes, G. A., Abecasis, D., and Vergés, A. (2013). Herbivores strongly

influence algal recruitment in both coral- and algal-dominated coral reef habitats.

Marine Ecology Progress Series 486, 153–164. doi:10.3354/meps10325

Downie, R. A., Babcock, R. C., Thomson, D. P., and Vanderklift, M. A. (2013). Density

of herbivorous fish and intensity of herbivory are influenced by proximity to coral

reefs. Marine Ecology Progress Series 482, 217–225. doi:10.3354/meps10250

Page 136: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

136

Ebisawa, A. (1999). Reproductive and sexual characteristics in the Pacific yellowtail

emperor, Lethrinus atkinsoni, in waters off the Ryukyu Islands. Ichthyological

Research 46, 341–358. doi:10.1007/BF02673977

Edgar, G., and Shepherd, S. (2013). ‘Ecology of Australian Temperate Reefs: The unique

south’. (CSIRO Publishing.)

Elliott, M., Whitfield, A. K., Potter, I. C., Blaber, S. J. M., Cyrus, D. P., Nordlie, F. G.,

and Harrison, T. D. (2007). The guild approach to categorizing estuarine fish

assemblages: a global review. Fish and Fisheries 8, 241–268. doi:10.1111/j.1467-

2679.2007.00253.x

Eppley, R. W. (1972). Temperature and phytoplankton growth in the sea. Fishery Bulletin

70, 1063–85.

Evans, R. D., Wilson, S. K., Field, S. N., and Moore, J. A. Y. (2014). Importance of

macroalgal fields as coral reef fish nursery habitat in north-west Australia. Marine

Biology 161, 599–607. doi:10.1007/s00227-013-2362-x

Everett, R. A. (1994). Macroalgae in marine soft-sediment communities: effects on

benthic faunal assemblages. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology

175, 253–274. doi:10.1016/0022-0981(94)90030-2

Farmer, B. M., and Wilson, S. K. (2011). Diet of finfish targeted by fishers in north west

Australia and the implications for trophic cascades. Environmental Biology of Fishes

91, 71–85. doi:10.1007/s10641-010-9761-3

Feng, M., Benthuysen, J., Zhang, N., and Slawinski, D. (2015). Freshening anomalies in

the Indonesian throughflow and impacts on the Leeuwin Current during 2010–2011.

Geophysical Research Letters 42, 1–8. doi:10.1002/2015GL065848

Finn, J. T. (1976). Measures of ecosystem structure and function derived from analysis

of flows. Journal of Theoretical Biology 56, 363–380. doi:10.1016/S0022-

5193(76)80080-X

Fletcher, W. J., and Santoro, K. (2015). Status reports of the fisheries and aquatic

resources of Western Australia 2014/15: state of the fisheries. Perth.

Food and Agriculture Organisation (2001a). Bony Fishes: Part 3 (Menidae to

Pomacentridae). In ‘FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. The

Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific’. (Eds K. E. Carpenter and V.

H. Niem.) pp. 2791–3380. (Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations:

Rome.)

Food and Agriculture Organisation (2001b). Bony Fishes: Part 4 (Labridae to

Latimeriidae), estuarine crocodiles, sea turtles, sea snakes and marine mammals. In

‘FAO Species Identification Guide for Fishery Purposes. The living marine resources

of the Western Central Pacific’. (Eds K. E. Carpenter and V. H. Niem.) pp. 3381–4218.

(Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations: Rome.)

Food and Agriculture Organisation (2008). Fisheries Management. Supp. 2 Add. 1 No. 4.

Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, Rome.

Fouzai, N., Coll, M., Palomera, I., Santojanni, A., Arneri, E., and Christensen, V. (2012).

Fishing management scenarios to rebuild exploited resources and ecosystems of the

Northern-Central Adriatic (Mediterranean Sea). Journal of Marine Systems 102–104,

39–51. doi:10.1016/j.jmarsys.2012.05.003

Page 137: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

137

Fox, R. J., and Bellwood, D. R. (2008). Remote video bioassays reveal the potential

feeding impact of the rabbitfish Siganus canaliculatus (f: Siganidae) on an inner-shelf

reef of the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 27, 605–615. doi:10.1007/s00338-008-

0359-6

Freeman, L. A., Kleypas, J. A., and Miller, A. J. (2013). Coral reef habitat response to

climate change scenarios. PloS one 8, e82404. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0082404

Freire, K. M. F., Christensen, V., and Pauly, D. (2008). Description of the East Brazil

Large Marine Ecosystem using a trophic model. Scientia Marina 72, 477–491.

doi:10.3989/scimar.2008.72n3477

Froese, R., and Pauly, D. (2015). FishBase. World wide web electronic publication (v.

10/2015). Available at: www.fishbase.org [Verified 1 November 2015]

Fry, G., Heyward, A., Wassenberg, T. J., Ellis, N., Taranto, T., Keesing, J. K., Irvine, T.

R., Steiglitz, T., and Colquhoun, J. (2008). Benthic habitat surveys of potential LNG

hub locations in the Kimberley region. Available at: file://c/dev/app/pdf-

msp\BI_HM_275.pdf

Fulton, C. J., Depczynski, M., Holmes, T. H., Noble, M. M., Radford, B., Wernberg, T.,

and Wilson, S. K. (2014). Sea temperature shapes seasonal fluctuations in seaweed

biomass within the Ningaloo coral reef ecosystem. Limnology and Oceanography 59,

156–166. doi:10.4319/lo.2014.59.01.0156

Fulton, C. J., Noble, M. N., Radford, B., Gallen, C., and Harasti, D. (2016). Microhabitat

selectivity underpins regional indicators of fish abundance and replenishment.

Ecological Indicators 70, 222–231. doi:10.1016/j.ecolind.2016.06.032

Fulton, E. A., Gray, R., Sporcic, M., Scott, R., Little, R., Hepburn, M., Gorton, B.,

Hatfield, B., Fuller, M., Jones, T., De la Mare, W., Boschetti, F., Chapman, K., Dzidic,

P., Syme, G., Dambacher, J., and McDonald, D. (2011). Ningaloo collaboration

cluster: adaptive futures for Ningaloo.

Gartner, A., Lavery, P. S., and Lonzano-Montes, H. (2015). Trophic implications and

faunal resilience following one-off and successive disturbances to an Amphibolis

griffithii seagrass system. Marine Pollution Bulletin 94, 131–143.

doi:10.1016/j.marpolbul.2015.03.001

Gillanders, B. M., Able, K. W., Brown, J. A., Eggleston, D. B., and Sheridan, P. F. (2003).

Evidence of connectivity between juvenile and adult habitats for mobile marine fauna:

an important component of nurseries. Marine Ecology Progress Series 247, 281–295.

doi:10.3354/meps247281

Godinot, O., and Allain, V. (2003). A preliminary Ecopath model of the warm pool

pelagic ecosystem. doi:10.1002/jor.1100150514

Graham, N. A. J., Jennings, S., MacNeil, M. A., Mouillot, D., and Wilson, S. K. (2015).

Predicting climate-driven regime shifts versus rebound potential in coral reefs. Nature

518, 1–17. doi:10.1038/nature14140

Grandcourt, E., Al Abdessalaam, T., Francis, F., and Al Shamsi, A. (2007). Population

biology and assessment of the white-spotted spinefoot, Siganus canaliculatus (Park,

1797), in the southern Arabian Gulf. Journal of Applied Ichthyology 23, 53–59.

doi:10.1111/j.1439-0426.2006.00796.x

Green, A. L., and Bellwood, D. R. (2009). Monitoring functional groups of herbivorous

Page 138: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

138

reef fishes as indicators of coral reef resilience: a practical guide for coral reef

managers in the Asia Pacific region. , 70. Available at:

http://cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/resilience_herbivorous_monitoring.pdf

Grol, M. G. G., Dorenbosch, M., Kokkelmans, E. M. G., and Nagelkerken, I. (2008).

Mangroves and seagrass beds do not enhance growth of early juveniles of a coral reef

fish. Marine Ecology Progress Series 366, 137–146. doi:10.3354/meps07509

Hanson, C. E., Pattiaratchi, C. B., and Waite, A. M. (2005). Sporadic upwelling on a

downwelling coast: phytoplankton responses to spatially variable nutrient dynamics

off the Gascoyne region of Western Australia. Continental Shelf Research 25, 1561–

1582. doi:10.1016/j.csr.2005.04.003

Harley, C. D. G., Anderson, K. M., Demes, K. W., Jorve, J. P., Kordas, R. L., Coyle, T.

A., and Graham, M. H. (2012). Effects of climate change on global seaweed

communities. Journal of Phycology 48, 1064–1078. doi:10.1111/j.1529-

8817.2012.01224.x

Harley, C. D. G., Randall Hughes, A., Hultgren, K. M., Miner, B. G., Sorte, C. J. B.,

Thornber, C. S., Rodriguez, L. F., Tomanek, L., and Williams, S. L. (2006). The

impacts of climate change in coastal marine systems. Ecology Letters 9, 228–241.

doi:10.1111/j.1461-0248.2005.00871.x

Hay, M. E. (1991). Fish-seaweed interactions on coral reefs: effects of herbivorous fishes

and adaptations of their prey. In ‘The Ecology of Fishes on Coral Reefs’. (Ed P. F.

Sale.) pp. 96–119. (Academic Press, Inc.: San Diego, California.)

Heck Jr., K. L., Hays, G., and Orth, R. J. (2003). Critical evaluation of the nursery role

hypothesis for seagrass meadows. Marine Ecology-Progress Series 253, 123–136.

doi:10.3354/meps253123

Heck Jr., K. L., and Weinstein, M. P. (1989). Feeding habits of juvenile reef fishes

associated with Panamanian seagrass meadows. Bulletin of Marine Science 45, 629–

636.

Herwig, J. N., Depczynski, M., Roberts, J. D., Semmens, J. M., Gagliano, M., and

Heyward, A. J. (2012). Using age-based life history data to investigate the life cycle

and vulnerability of Octopus cyanea. PLoS ONE 7. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0043679

Heymans, J. J., Coll, M., Libralato, S., Morissette, L., and Christensen, V. (2014). Global

patterns in ecological indicators of marine food webs: a modelling approach. PLoS

ONE 9, e95845. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0095845

Heymans, J. J., Coll, M., Link, J. S., Mackinson, S., Steenbeek, J., Walters, C., and

Christensen, V. (2016). Best practice in Ecopath with Ecosim food-web models for

ecosystem-based management. Ecological Modelling 331, 173–184.

doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2015.12.007

Hinke, J. T., Kaplan, I. C., Aydin, K., Watters, G. M., Olson, R. J., and Kitchell, J. F.

(2004). Visualizing the food-web effects of fishing for tunas in the Pacific Ocean.

Ecology and Society 9, 24.

Hodgson, G. (1999). A global assessment of human effects on coral reefs. Marine

Pollution Bulletin 38, 345–355.

Hoey, A. S., and Bellwood, D. R. (2009). Limited functional redundancy in a high

functional diversity system: single species dominates key ecological process on coral

Page 139: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

139

reefs. Ecosystems 12, 1316–1328. doi:10.1007/sl0021-009-9291-z

Hoey, A. S., and Bellwood, D. R. (2011). Suppression of herbivory by macroalgal

density: a critical feedback on coral reefs? Ecology Letters 14, 267–273.

doi:10.1111/j.1461-0248.2010.01581.x

Hoey, A. S., Brandl, S. J., and Bellwood, D. R. (2013). Diet and cross-shelf distribution

of rabbitfishes (f. Siganidae) on the northern Great Barrier Reef: implications for

ecosystem function. Coral Reefs 32, 973–984. doi:10.1007/s00338-013-1043-z

Horinouchi, M., Tongnunui, P., Furumitsu, K., Nakamura, Y., Kanou, K., Yamaguchi,

A., Okamoto, K., and Sano, M. (2012). Food habits of small fishes in seagrass habitats

in Trang, southern Thailand. Fisheries Science 78, 577–587. doi:10.1007/s12562-012-

0485-5

Hsu, T. H., Adiputra, Y. T., Burridge, C. P., and Gwo, J.-C. (2011). Two spinefoot colour

morphs: mottled spinefoot Siganus fuscescens and white-spotted spinefoot Siganus

canaliculatus are synonyms. Journal of Fish Biology 79, 1350–1355.

doi:10.1111/j.1095-8649.2011.03104.x

Hughes, T. P. (2003). Climate change, human impacts, and the resilience of coral reefs.

Science 301, 929–933. doi:10.1126/science.1085046

Hughes, T. P., Rodrigues, M. J., Bellwood, D. R., Ceccarelli, D., Hoegh-Guldberg, O.,

McCook, L. J., Moltschaniwskyj, N., Pratchett, M. S., Steneck, R. S., and Willis, B.

L. (2007). Phase shifts, herbivory, and the resilience of coral reefs to climate change.

Current Biology 17, 360–365. doi:10.1016/j.cub.2006.12.049

Huisman, J. M. (2000). ‘Marine Plants of Australia’. (University of Western Australia

Press: Perth, W.A.)

Hyslop, E. J. (1980). Stomach contents analysis: a review of methods and their

application. Journal of Fish Biology 17, 411–429.

Johansson, C. L. (2012). A functional analysis of herbivory on Ningaloo Reef, Australia.

James Cook University.

Johansson, C. L., Bellwood, D. R., and Depczynski, M. (2010). Sea urchins, macroalgae

and coral reef decline: a functional evaluation of an intact reef system, Ningaloo,

Western Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 414, 65–74.

doi:10.3354/meps08730

Jones, D. S., and Morgan, G. J. (1994). ‘A Field Guide to Crustaceans of Australian

Waters’. (Western Australian Museum: Perth, W.A.)

Jones, T. A., Fulton, E. A., and Wood, D. (2011). Challenging tourism theory through

integrated models: how multiple model projects strengthen outcomes through a case

study of tourism development on the Ningaloo Coast of Western Australia. In

‘MODSIM 2011 - 19th International Congress on Modelling and Simulation’. (Eds F.

Chan, D. Marinova, and R. S. Anderssen.) pp. 3112–3120. (Modelling and Simulation

Society of Australia and New Zealand: Perth, W.A.) Available at:

http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.0-

84858822190&partnerID=40&md5=496c073ae7b02cbede9180bcb61f95f4

Jorgensen, S. E., and Chon, T.-S. (2009). Overview of the model types available for

ecological modelling. In ‘Handbook of Ecological Modelling and Informatics’. (Eds

S. E. Jorgensen, T.-S. Chon, and F. Recknagel.) pp. 9–47. (WIT Press: Boston, U.S.A.)

Page 140: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

140

Keesing, J. K., Irvine, T. R., Alderslade, P., Clapin, G., Fromont, J., Hosie, A. M.,

Huisman, J. M., Phillips, J. C., Naughton, K. M., Marsh, L. M., Slack-Smith, S. M.,

Thomson, D. P., and Watson, J. E. (2011). Marine benthic flora and fauna of Gourdon

Bay and the Dampier Peninsula in the Kimberley region of North-Western Australia.

Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 94, 285–301.

Kimirei, I. A., Nagelkerken, I., Trommelen, M., Blankers, P., van Hoytema, N.,

Hoejimakers, D., Huijbers, C. M., Mgaya, Y. D., and Rypel, A. L. (2013). What drives

ontogenetic niche shifts of fishes in coral reef ecosystems? Ecosystems 16, 783–796.

doi:10.1007/s10021-013-9645-4

Knowlton, N. (1992). Thresholds and multiple stable states in coral reef community

dynamics. American Zoologist 32, 674–682. doi:10.1093/icb/32.6.674

Kobryn, H. T., Wouters, K., Beckley, L. E., and Heege, T. (2013). Ningaloo Reef: shallow

marine habitats mapped using a hyperspectral sensor. PLoS ONE 8, e70105.

doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0070105

Koch, M., Bowes, G., Ross, C., and Zhang, X.-H. (2013). Climate change and ocean

acidification effects on seagrasses and marine macroalgae. Global Change Biology 19,

103–132. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2486.2012.02791.x

Kramer, D. L., and Bryant, M. J. (1995). Intestine length in the fishes of a tropical stream:

2. Relationships to diet - the long and short of a convoluted issue. Environmental

Biology of Fishes 42, 129–141.

Kuriiwa, K., Hanzawa, N., Yoshino, T., Kimura, S., and Nishida, M. (2007). Phylogenetic

relationships and natural hybridization in rabbitfishes (Teleostei: Siganidae) inferred

from mitochondrial and nuclear DNA analyses. Molecular Phylogenetics and

Evolution 45, 69–80. doi:10.1016/j.ympev.2007.04.018

Laegdsgaard, P., and Johnson, C. (2001). Why do juvenile fish utilise mangrove habitats?

Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 257, 229–253.

Lam, T. J. (1974). Siganids: their biology and mariculture potential. Aquaculture 3, 325–

354.

Lee, C.-L., and Lin, H.-J. (2015). Ontogenetic habitat utilization patterns of juvenile reef

fish in low-predation habitats. Marine Biology 162, 1799–1811. doi:10.1007/s00227-

015-2712-y

Lek, E., Fairclough, D. V., Platell, M. E., Clarke, K. R., Tweedley, J. R., and Potter, I. C.

(2011). To what extent are the dietary compositions of three abundant, co-occurring

labrid species different and related to latitude, habitat, body size and season? Journal

of Fish Biology 78, 1913–1943. doi:10.1111/j.1095-8649.2011.02961.x

Link, J. S. (2010). Adding rigor to ecological network models by evaluating a set of pre-

balance diagnostics: a plea for PREBAL. Ecological Modelling 221, 1580–1591.

doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2010.03.012

Littler, M. M., and Littler, D. S. (2007). Assessment of coral reefs using

herbivory/nutrient assays and indicator groups of benthic primary producers: a critical

synthesis, proposed protocols, and critique of management strategies. Aquatic

Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 17, 195–215. doi:10.1002/aqc.790

Loneragan, N. R., Babcock, R. C., Lozano-Montes, H., and Dambacher, J. M. (2010).

Evaluating how food webs and the fisheries they support are affected by fishing

Page 141: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

141

closures in Jurien Bay, temperate Western Australia. Available at: file://c/dev/app/pdf-

bdp\00197.pdf

Loneragan, N. R., Bunn, S. E., and Kellaway, D. M. (1997). Are mangroves and

seagrasses sources of organic carbon for penaeid prawns in a tropical Australian

estuary? A multiple stable-isotope study. Marine Biology 130, 289–300.

doi:10.1007/s002270050248

Loneragan, N. R., Kangas, M., Haywood, M. D. E., Kenyon, R. A., Caputi, N., and

Sporer, E. (2013). Impact of cyclones and aquatic macrophytes on recruitment and

landings of tiger prawns Penaeus esculentus in Exmouth Gulf, Western Australia.

Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 127, 46–58.

Loneragan, N. R., Kenyon, R. A., Staples, D. J., Poiner, I. R., and Conacher, C. A. (1998).

The influence of seagrass type on the distribution and abundance of postlarval and

juvenile tiger prawns (Penaeus esculentus and P. semisulcatus) in the western Gulf of

Carpentaria, Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 228,

175–195. doi:10.1016/S0022-0981(98)00029-X

Low, R. M. (1971). Interspecific territoriality in a Pomacentrid reef fish, Pomacentrus

flavicauda Whitley. Ecology 52, 648–654.

Lozano-Montes, H. M., Babcock, R. C., and Loneragan, N. R. (2012). Exploring the

effects of spatial closures in a temperate marine ecosystem in Western Australia: a

case study of the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus) fishery. Ecological

Modelling 245, 31–40. doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2012.05.015

Lozano-Montes, H. M., Loneragan, N. R., Babcock, R. C., and Caputi, N. (2013).

Evaluating the ecosystem effects of variation in recruitment and fishing effort in the

western rock lobster fishery. Fisheries Research 145, 128–135.

doi:10.1016/j.fishres.2013.01.009

Lozano-Montes, H. M., Loneragan, N. R., Babcock, R. C., and Jackson, K. (2011). Using

trophic flows and ecosystem structure to model the effects of fishing in the Jurien Bay

Marine Park, temperate Western Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research 62, 421–

431. doi:10.1071/MF09154

Lugendo, B. R., Nagelkerken, I., van der Velde, G., and Mgaya, Y. D. (2006). The

importance of mangroves, mud and sand flats, and seagrass beds as feeding areas for

juvenile fishes in Chwaka Bay, Zanzibar: gut content and stable isotope analyses.

Journal of Fish Biology 69, 1639–1661. doi:10.1111/j.1095-8649.2006.01231.x

Manson, F. J., Loneragan, N. R., Skilleter, G. A., and Phinn, S. R. (2005). An evaluation

of the evidence for linkages between mangroves and fisheries: a synthesis of the

literature and identification of research directions. In ‘Oceanography and Marine

Biology: An Annual Review’. (Eds R. N. Gibson, R. J. A. Atkinson, and J. D. M.

Gordon.) pp. 483–513. (CRC Press-Taylor & Francis Group: Boca Raton.)

Marriott, R. J., Adams, D. J., Jarvis, N. D. C., Moran, M. J., Newman, S. J., and Craine,

M. (2011). Age-based demographic assessment of fished stocks of Lethrinus

nebulosus in the Gascoyne Bioregion of Western Australia. Fisheries Management

and Ecology 18, 89–103.

Marriott, R. J., Jarvis, N. D. C., Adams, D. J., Gallash, A. E., Norriss, J., and Newman,

S. J. (2010). Maturation and sexual ontogeny in the spangled emperor Lethrinus

nebulosus. Journal of Fish Biology 76, 1396–1414.

Page 142: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

142

Martin-Smith, K. M. (1993). Abundance of mobile epifauna: the role of habitat

complexity and predation by fishes. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and

Ecology 174, 243–260. doi:10.1016/0022-0981(93)90020-O

McCook, L. J. (1999). Macroalgae, nutrients and phase shifts on coral reefs: scientific

issues and management consequences for the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 18, 357–

367. doi:10.1007/s003380050213

McCook, L. J., Jompa, J., and Diaz-Pulido, G. (2001). Competition between corals and

algae on coral reefs: a review of evidence and mechanisms. Coral Reefs 19, 400–417.

doi:10.1007/s003380000129

McIlwain, J. L. (2003). Fine-scale temporal and spatial patterns of larval supply to a

fringing reef in Western Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 252, 207–222.

doi:10.3354/meps252207

McManus, J. W., Meñez, L. A. B., Kesner-Reyes, K. N., Vergara, S. G., and Ablan, M.

C. (2000). Coral reef fishing and coral-algal phase shifts: implications for global reef

status. ICES Journal of Marine Science 57, 572–578. doi:10.1006/jmsc.2000.0720

Menon, M. M., Gallucci, V. F., and Conquest, L. L. (2005). Sampling designs for the

estimation of longline bycatch. In ‘Fisheries Assessment and Management in Data-

Limited Situations’. (Eds G. H. Kruse, V. F. Gallucci, D. E. Hay, R. I. Perry, R. M.

Peterman, T. C. Shirley, P. D. Spencer, B. Wilson, and D. Woodby.) pp. 851–870.

(Alaska Sea Grant College Program, University of Alaska: Fairbanks, U.S.A.)

Metcalf, S. J., Gaughan, D. J., and Shaw, J. (2009). Conceptual models for ecosystem

based fisheries management (EBFM) in Western Australia. , 42.

Michael, P. J., Hyndes, G. A., Vanderklift, M. A., and Vergés, A. (2013). Identity and

behaviour of herbivorous fish influence large-scale spatial patterns of macroalgal

herbivory in a coral reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 482, 227–240.

doi:10.3354/meps10262

Moberg, F., and Folke, C. (1999). Ecological goods and services of coral reef ecosystems.

Ecological Economics 29, 215–233. doi:10.1016/S0921-8009(99)00009-9

Mohammed, E., Vasconcellos, M., Mackinson, S., Fanning, P., and Carocci, F. (2008).

Scientific basis for ecosystem-based management in the Lesser Antilles including

interactions with marine mammals and other top predators. Food and Agriculture

Organisation of the United Nations, Barbados.

Morissette, L. (2007). Complexity, cost and quality of ecosystem models and their impact

on resilience: a comparative analysis, with emphasis on marine mammals and the Gulf

of St. Lawrence. University of British Columbia.

Mumby, P. J. (2004). Mangroves enhance the biomass of coral reef fish communities in

the Caribbean. Nature 427, 533–536. doi:10.1029/2001JB001194

Mumby, P. J., and Hastings, A. (2008). The impact of ecosystem connectivity on coral

reef resilience. Journal of Applied Ecology 45, 854–862. doi:10.1111/j.1365-

2664.2008.01459.x

Mumby, P. J., Hastings, A., and Edwards, H. J. (2007). Thresholds and the resilience of

Caribbean coral reefs. Nature 450, 98–101.

Munday, P. L., Jones, G. P., Pratchett, M. S., and Williams, A. J. (2008). Climate change

and the future for coral reef fishes. Fish & Fisheries 9, 261–285. doi:10.1111/j.1467-

Page 143: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

143

2979.2008.00281.x

Nagelkerken, I., Sheaves, M., Baker, R., and Connolly, R. M. (2015). The seascape

nursery: a novel spatial approach to identify and manage nurseries for coastal marine

fauna. Fish and Fisheries 16, 362–371. doi:10.1111/faf.12057

Nagelkerken, I., van der Velde, G., Gorissen, M. W., Meijer, G. J., van’t Hof, T., and den

Hartog, C. (2000). Importance of mangroves, seagrass beds and the shallow coral reef

as a nursery for important coral reef fishes, using a visual census technique. Estuarine,

Coastal and Shelf Science 51, 31–44. doi:10.1006/ecss.2000.0617

Nakamura, Y., Hirota, K., Shibuno, T., and Watanabe, Y. (2012). Variability in nursery

function of tropical seagrass beds during fish ontogeny: timing of ontogenetic habitat

shift. Marine Biology 159, 1305–1315. doi:10.1007/s00227-012-1911-z

Nakamura, Y., Horinouchi, M., Nakai, T., and Sano, M. (2003). Food habits of fishes in

a seagrass bed on a fringing coral reef at Iriomote Island, southern Japan.

Ichthyological Research 50, 15–22. doi:10.1007/s102280300002

Norström, A. V., Nyström, M., Lokrantz, J., and Folke, C. (2009). Alternative states on

coral reefs: beyond coral-macroalgal phase shifts. Marine Ecology Progress Series

376, 293–306. doi:10.3354/meps07815

Nyström, M., Graham, N. A. J., Lokrantz, J., and Norström, A. V. (2008). Capturing the

cornerstones of coral reef resilience: linking theory to practice. Coral Reefs 27, 795–

809. doi:10.1007/s00338-008-0426-z

Odum, E. P. (1971). ‘Fundamentals of Ecology’ 3rd ed. (Saunders: Philadelphia.)

Ogden, J. C., and Lobel, P. S. (1978). The role of herbivorous fishes and urchins in coral

reef communities. Environmental Biology of Fishes 3, 49–63.

doi:10.1007/BF00006308

Okey, T. A., and Mahmoudi, B. (2002). An Ecosystem model of the West Florida Shelf

for use in fisheries management and ecological research: Volume II. Model

construction. St. Petersburg, Florida.

Opitz, S. (1996). Trophic interactions in Caribbean coral reefs.

Pandolfi, J. M., Connolly, S. R., Marshall, D. J., and Cohen, A. L. (2011). Projecting coral

reef futures under global warming and ocean acidification. Science 333, 418–422.

doi:10.1126/science.1204794

Pauly, D., Christensen, V., Dalsgaard, J., Froese, R., and Torres Jr, F. (1998). Fishing

down marine food webs. Science 279, 860–863. doi:10.1126/science.279.5352.860

Pauly, D., Christensen, V., and Walters, C. (2000). Ecopath, Ecosim, and Ecospace as

tools for evaluating ecosystem impact of fisheries. ICES Journal of Marine Science

57, 697–706. doi:10.1006/jmsc.2000.0726

Peart, R. A. (2004). Amphipoda (Crustacea) collected from the Dampier Archipelago,

Western Australia. Western Australian Museum, Perth, W.A.

Pennings, S. C., Carefoot, T. H., Zimmer, M., Danko, J. P., and Ziegler, A. (2000).

Feeding preferences of supralittoral isopods and amphipods. Canadian Journal of

Zoology 78, 1918–1929. doi:DOI 10.1139/cjz-78-11-1918

Pielou, E. C. (1972). Niche width and niche overlap: a method for measuring them.

Ecology 53, 687–692.

Page 144: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

144

Pillans, R. D., Franklin, C. E., and Tibbetts, I. R. (2004). Food choice in Siganus

fuscescens: influence of macrophyte nutrient content and availability. Journal of Fish

Biology 64, 297–309. doi:10.1111/j.0022-1112.2004.00261.x

Pitt, J. M. (1997). The feeding ecology of rabbitfish (Siganidae) at Green Island Reef:

ontogenetic and interspecific differences in diet, morphology and habitat utilisation.

James Cook Universdity.

Plagányi, E. E. (2007). Models for an ecosystem approach to fisheries. FAO Fisheries

Technical Paper No. 477. FAO, Rome. doi:9789251057346

Plagányi, É. E., and Butterworth, D. S. (2004). A critical look at the potential of Ecopath

with ecosim to assist in practical fisheries management. African Journal of Marine

Science 26, 261–287. doi:10.2989/18142320409504061

Poore, A. G. B., Campbell, A. H., Coleman, R. A., Edgar, G. J., Jormalainen, V.,

Reynolds, P. L., Sotka, E. E., Stachowicz, J. J., Taylor, R. B., Vanderklift, M. A., and

Emmett Duffy, J. (2012). Global patterns in the impact of marine herbivores on benthic

primary producers. Ecology Letters 15, 912–922. doi:10.1111/j.1461-

0248.2012.01804.x

Poore, A. G. B., Graham, S. E., Byrne, M., and Dworjanyn, S. A. (2016). Effects of ocean

warming and lowered pH on algal growth and palatability to a grazing gastropod.

Marine Biology 163, 1–11. doi:10.1007/s00227-016-2878-y

Pratchett, M. S., Hoey, A. S., Wilson, S. K., Messmer, V., and Graham, N. A. J. (2011).

Changes in biodiversity and functioning of reef fish assemblages following coral

bleaching and coral loss. Diversity 3, 424–452. doi:10.3390/d3030424

Przeslawski, R., McArthur, M. A., and Anderson, T. J. (2013). Infaunal biodiversity

patterns from Carnarvon Shelf (Ningaloo Reef), Western Australia. Marine and

Freshwater Research 64, 573–583. doi:10.1071/MF12240

Randall, J. E. (1967). ‘Food habits of reef fishes of the West Indies’. (Institute of Marine

Sciences: University of Miami.)

Rasher, D. B., Hoey, A. S., and Hay, M. E. (2013). Consumer diversity interacts with

prey defenses to drive ecosystem function. Ecology 94, 1347–1358. doi:10.1890/12-

0389.1

Roberts, C. R. (1995). Effects of fishing on the ecosystem structure of coral reefs.

Conservation Biology 9, 988–995. doi:10.1002/jcc.540110605

Rousseaux, C. S. G., Lowe, R., Feng, M., Waite, A. M., and Thompson, P. A. (2012).

The role of the Leeuwin Current and mixed layer depth on the autumn phytoplankton

bloom off Ningaloo Reef, Western Australia. Continental Shelf Research 32, 22–35.

doi:10.1016/j.csr.2011.10.010

Ruppert, E. E., Fox, R. S., and Barnes, R. D. (2004). ‘Invertebrate Zoology: A functional

evolutionary approach’ 7th ed. (Thomson Brooks/Cole: California.)

Russ, G. R., and Williams, D. M. (1994). Review of data on fishes of commercial and

recreational fishing interest in the Great Barrier Reef. Report. Great Barrier Reef

Marine Park Authority. Available at: http://hdl.handle.net/11017/235

Rust, M. B. (2002). Nutritional Physiology. In ‘Fish Nutrition’. (Eds J. E. Halver and R.

W. Hardy.) pp. 367–452. (Elsevier Science: U.S.A.)

Page 145: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

145

Ryan, K. L., Hall, N. G., Lai, E. K., Smallwood, C. B., Taylor, S. M., and Wise, B. S.

(2015). State-wide survey of boat-based recreational fishing in Western Australia

2013/14. Perth.

Rykiel, E. J. (1996). Testing ecological models: the meaning of validation. Ecological

Modelling 90, 229–244.

Sainsbury, K. J., Kailola, P. J., and Leyland, G. G. (1984). ‘Continental Shelf Fishes of

Northern Australia and North-Western Australia: An illustrated guide’. (Clouston &

Hall: Canberra, Australia.)

Scheffer, M., Carpenter, S., Foley, J. A., Folke, C., and Walker, B. (2001). Catastrophic

shifts in ecosystems. Nature 413, 591–596. doi:10.1038/35098000

Sheaves, M., Baker, R., Nagelkerken, I., and Connolly, R. M. (2015). True value of

estuarine and coastal nurseries for fish: incorporating complexity and dynamics.

Estuaries and Coasts 38, 401–414. doi:10.1007/s12237-014-9846-x

Smallwood, C. B., and Beckley, L. E. (2012). Spatial distribution and zoning compliance

of recreational fishing in Ningaloo Marine Park, north-western Australia. Fisheries

Research 125–126, 40–50. doi:10.1016/j.fishres.2012.01.019

Smallwood, C. B., Beckley, L. E., Moore, S. A., and Kobryn, H. T. (2011). Assessing

patterns of recreational use in large marine parks: a case study from Ningaloo Marine

Park, Australia. Ocean and Coastal Management 54, 330–340.

doi:10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2010.11.007

Sogard, S. M. (1997). Size-selective mortality in the juvenile stage of teleost fishes: a

review. Bulletin of Marine Science 60, 1129–1157. Available at:

http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/umrsmas/bullmar/1997/00000060/00000003

/art00029

Steneck, R. S., and Dethier, M. N. (1994). A functional group approach to the structure

of algal-dominated communities. Oikos 69, 476–498. doi:10.2307/3545860

Steneck, R. S., and Erlandson, J. M. (2002). Kelp forest ecosystems: biodiversity,

stability, resilience and future. Environmental Conservation 29, 436–459.

Sugden, A., and Pennisi, E. (2006). When to go, where to stop. Science 313, 775.

doi:10.1126/science.313.5788.775

Sumner, N. R., Williamson, P. C., and Malseed, B. E. (2002). A 12-month survey of

recreational fishing in the Gascoyne bioregion of Western Australia during 1998-99.

Perth, Western Australia.

Taylor, J. G., and Pearce, A. F. (1999). Ningaloo Reef currents: implications for coral

spawn dispersal, zooplankton and whale shark abundance. Journal of the Royal Society

of Western Australia 82, 57–65.

Terazono, Y., Nakamura, Y., Imoto, Z., and Hiraoka, M. (2012). Fish response to

expanding tropical Sargassum beds on the temperate coasts of Japan. Marine Ecology

Progress Series 464, 209–220. doi:10.3354/meps09873

Thébaud, O., Little, L. R., and Fulton, E. A. (2014). Evaluation of management strategies

in Ningaloo Marine Park, Western Australia. International Journal of Sustainable

Society 6, 102. doi:10.1504/IJSSOC.2014.057892

Thomsen, M. S., Wernberg, T., Altieri, A., Tuya, F., Gulbransen, D., McGlathery, K. J.,

Page 146: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

146

Holmer, M., and Silliman, B. R. (2010). Habitat cascades: the conceptual context and

global relevance of facilitation cascades via habitat formation and modification.

Integrative and Comparative Biology 50, 158–175. doi:10.1093/icb/icq042

Tolentino-Pablico, G., Bailly, N., Froese, R., and Elloran, C. (2008). Seaweeds preferred

by herbivorous fishes. Journal of Applied Phycology 20, 933–938.

doi:10.1007/s10811-007-9290-4

Tourism Western Australia, W. A. G. (2015). Australia’s Coral Coast: overnight visitor

fact sheet. , 9.

Tsehaye, I., and Nagelkerke, L. A. J. (2008). Exploring optimal fishing scenarios for the

multispecies artisanal fisheries of Eritrea using a trophic model. Ecological Modelling

212, 319–333. doi:10.1016/j.ecolmodel.2007.10.044

Unsworth, R. K. F., Hinder, S. L., Bodger, O. G., and Cullen-Unsworth, L. C. (2014).

Food supply depends on seagrass meadows in the coral triangle. Environmental

Research Letters 9, 94005. doi:10.1088/1748-9326/9/9/094005

Van Valen, L. (1965). Morphological variation and width of ecological niche. The

Amercian Naturalist 99, 377–390.

Vandermeer, J. H. (1972). Niche theory. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 3,

107–132.

Vergés, A., Bennett, S., and Bellwood, D. R. (2012). Diversity among macroalgae-

consuming fishes on coral reefs: a transcontinental comparison. PloS one 7, e45543.

doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0045543

Vergés, A., Steinberg, P. D., Hay, M. E., Poore, A. G. B., Campbell, A. H., Ballesteros,

E., Heck, K. L., Booth, D. J., Coleman, M. A., Feary, D. A., Figueira, W., Langlois,

T., Marzinelli, E. M., Mizerek, T., Mumby, P. J., Nakamura, Y., Roughan, M., van

Sebille, E., Gupta, A. Sen, Smale, D. A., Tomas, F., Wernberg, T., and Wilson, S. K.

(2014). The tropicalization of temperate marine ecosystems: climate-mediated

changes in herbivory and community phase shifts. Proceedings of The Royal Society

B 281, 1–10. doi:10.1098/rspb.2014.0846

Vergés, A., Vanderklift, M. A., Doropoulos, C., and Hyndes, G. A. (2011). Spatial

patterns in herbivory on a coral reef are influenced by structural complexity but not by

algal traits. PLoS ONE 6, e17115. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0017115

Vermeij, M. J. A., van der Heijden, R. A., Olthuis, J. G., Marhaver, K. L., Smith, J. E.,

and Visser, P. M. (2013). Survival and dispersal of turf algae and macroalgae

consumed by herbivorous coral reef fishes. Oecologia 171, 417–425.

doi:10.1007/s00442-012-2436-3

Vroom, P. S., and Braun, C. L. (2010). Benthic composition of a healthy subtropical reef:

baseline species-level cover, with an emphasis on algae, in the Northwestern Hawaiian

Islands. PLoS ONE 5, 1–9. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0009733

Vroom, P. S., Page, K. N., Kenyon, J. C., and Brainard, R. E. (2006). Algae-dominated

reefs. American Scientist 94, 430–437. Available at: http://0-

search.proquest.com.prospero.murdoch.edu.au/docview/215260496/fulltext?accounti

d=12629 [Verified 16 November 2015]

Vuki, V. C., and Price, I. R. (1994). Seasonal changes in the Sargassum populations on a

fringing coral reef, Magnetic Island, Great Barrier Reef region, Australia. Aquatic

Page 147: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

147

Botany 48, 153–166. doi:10.1016/0304-3770(94)90082-5

Webster, F. J., Babcock, R. C., Van Keulen, M., and Loneragan, N. R. (2015). Macroalgae

inhibits larval settlement and increases recruit mortality at Ningaloo Reef, Western

Australia. Plos One 10, e0124162. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0124162

Welsh, J. Q., and Bellwood, D. R. (2014). Herbivorous fishes, ecosystem function and

mobile links on coral reefs. Coral Reefs 33, 303–311. doi:10.1007/s00338-014-1124-

7

Wernberg, T., Bennett, S., Babcock, R. C., de Bettignies, T., Cure, K., Depczynski, M.,

Dufois, F., Fromont, J., Fulton, C. J., Hovey, R. K., Harvey, E. S., Holmes, T. H.,

Kendrick, G. A., Radford, B., Santana-Garcon, J., Saunders, B. J., Smale, D. A.,

Thomsen, M. S., Tuckett, C. A., Tuya, F., Vanderklift, M. A., and Wilson, S. (2016).

Climate-driven regime shift of a temperate marine ecosystem. Science 353, 169–172.

doi:10.1126/science.aad8745

Wernberg, T., Smale, D. a., Tuya, F., Thomsen, M. S., Langlois, T. J., de Bettignies, T.,

Bennett, S., and Rousseaux, C. S. (2012). An extreme climatic event alters marine

ecosystem structure in a global biodiversity hotspot. Nature Climate Change 3, 78–82.

doi:10.1038/nclimate1627

Wernberg, T., Thomsen, M. S., and Kotta, J. (2013). Complex plant–herbivore–predator

interactions in a brackish water seaweed habitat. Journal of Experimental Marine

Biology and Ecology 449, 51–56. doi:10.1016/j.jembe.2013.08.014

Werner, E. E., and Gilliam, J. F. (1984). The ontogenetic niche and species interactions

in size-structured populations. Ecology 15, 393–425.

Werner, E. E., and Hall, D. J. (1988). Ontogenetic habitat shifts in Bluegill: the foraging

rate-predation risk trade-off. Ecology 69, 1352–1366. doi:10.2307/1941633

Werner, E. E., Mittelbach, G. G., Hall, D. J., and Gilliam, J. F. (1983). Experimental tests

of optimal habitat use in fish: the role of relative habitat profitability. Ecology 64,

1525–1539. doi:10.2307/1937507

White, T. C. R. (2011). When is a herbivore not a herbivore? Oecologia 67, 596–597.

Wilson, G. G. (1998). A description of the early juvenile colour patterns of eleven

Lethrinus species (Pisces: Lethrinidae) from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Records

of the Australian Museum 50, 55–83. doi:10.3853/j.0067-1975.50.1998.1274

Wilson, S. K., Babcock, R. C., Fisher, R., Holmes, T. H., Moore, J. A. Y., and Thomson,

D. P. (2012). Relative and combined effects of habitat and fishing on reef fish

communities across a limited fishing gradient at Ningaloo. Marine Environmental

Research 81, 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.marenvres.2012.08.002

Wilson, S. K., Depczynski, M., Fisher, R., Holmes, T. H., O’Leary, R. A., and Tinkler,

P. (2010). Habitat associations of juvenile fish at Ningaloo Reef, Western Australia:

the importance of coral and algae. PLoS ONE 5, e15185.

doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0015185

Wilson, S. K., Fulton, C. J., Depczynski, M., Holmes, T. H., Noble, M. M., Radford, B.,

and Tinkler, P. (2014). Seasonal changes in habitat structure underpin shifts in

macroalgae-associated tropical fish communities. Marine Biology 161, 2597–2607.

doi:10.1007/s00227-014-2531-6

Wismer, S., Hoey, A. S., and Bellwood, D. R. (2009). Cross-shelf benthic community

Page 148: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

148

structure on the Great Barrier Reef: relationships between macroalgal cover and

herbivore biomass. Marine Ecology Progress Series 376, 45–54.

doi:10.3354/meps07790

Wu, R. S. S. (1984). The feeding habits of seven demersal fish species in a subtropical

estuary. Asian Marine Biology 1, 17–26.

Yamada, H., Nanami, A., Ohta, I., Fukuoka, K., Sato, T., Kobayashi, M., Hirai, N.,

Chimura, M., Akita, Y., and Kawabata, Y. (2012). Occurrence and distribution during

the post-settlement stage of two Choerodon species in shallow waters around Ishigaki

Island, southern Japan. Fisheries Science 78, 809–818. doi:10.1007/s12562-012-0506-

4

Yamaguchi, A., Furumitsu, K., Yagishita, N., and Kume, G. (2010). Biology of

herbivorous fish in the coastal areas of Western Japan. In ‘Coastal Environmental and

Ecosystem Issues of the East China Sea’. (Eds A. Ishimatsu and H.-J. Lie.) pp. 181–

190. (TERRAPUB and Nagasaki University.) Available at: http://naosite.lb.nagasaki-

u.ac.jp/dspace/handle/10069/23510

Vander Zanden, M. J., and Rasmussen, J. B. (2001). Variation in d 15 N and d 13 C

trophic fractionation: Implications for aquatic food web studies. Limnology and

Oceanography 46, 2061–2066.

Zetina-Rejón, M. J., Arreguín-Sánchez, F., and Chávez, E. A. (2003). Trophic structure

and flows of energy in the Huizache-Caimanero lagoon complex on the Pacific coast

of Mexico. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 57, 803–815. doi:10.1016/S0272-

7714(02)00410-9

Zieman, J. C., Macko, S. A., and Mills, A. L. (1984). Role of seagrass and mangroves in

estuarine food webs: temporal and spatial changes in stable isotope composition and

amino acid content during decomposition. Bulletin of Marine Science 35, 380–392.

Page 149: The significance of macroalgae to the diets of juvenile ... · Coral reef ecosystems comprise a small fraction of oceanic habitat in global tropical and subtropical regions, however,

149

APPENDIX

Appendix 1 Biotic and abiotic benthic habitat types and their codes, derived from a hyperspectral

benthic survey of the Ningaloo Marine Park in 2006 (Kobryn et al. 2013), as used in Figure 4..

Benthic habitat Code

Hard coral HC

Soft coral (e.g. Sinularia spp.) SC

Branching coral CB

“Blue tip” branching coral (Acropora cervicornis) CBT

Digitate coral CD

Encrusting coral CE

Submassive coral CS

Tabulate coral CT

Massive coral CM

Foliaceous coral CF

Macroalgae (consisting largely of Sargassum myriocystium) MA

Turfing algae TA

Turfing algae or macroalgae-covered intact dead coral or

rubble

TA- or MA-covered IDC or R

Limestone pavement LP

Sand S

Rubble R